Skoda Octavia Mk1 03 Body

SKODA OCTAVIA
MK1
Body
Body work
BODY............................................................................................................................... 9
BODY WORK..................................................................................................................... 9
TECHNICAL DATA....................................................................................................................................... 9
Vehicle identification data................................................................................................................. 9
SELF DIAGNOSIS, V.A.G INSPECTION SERVICE...................................................................10
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION OF THE AIRBAG SYSTEM........................................................................................ 10
Description of the system................................................................................................................ 10
Test preconditions for self-diagnosis................................................................................................ 12
Notes on performing airbag system diagnosis................................................................................12
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word Airbag..............................13
Overview of selectable functions..................................................................................................... 14
01 - Interrogating control unit version.......................................................................................................... 15
02 - Interrogating fault memory................................................................................................................... 15
03 - Actuator diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 17
04 - Overview of the control units................................................................................................................ 18
05 - Erasing fault memory............................................................................................................................ 20
06 - Ending output....................................................................................................................................... 20
07 - Coding airbag control unit..................................................................................................................... 20
08 - Reading measured value block.............................................................................................................. 22
09 - Fault table............................................................................................................................................. 23
Read table of measured value block............................................................................................................. 28
Parts inspection with test box -VAS 5056 C-.................................................................................................. 36
DEACTIVATING AND ACTIVATING AIRBAG UNITS (ADAPTATION)............................................................................39

Deactivating and activating passenger-side airbag units (adaptation)............................................39
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FOR CONVENIENCE SYSTEM.................................................................................................. 45
Description of the system................................................................................................................ 45
Summary of components for the convenience system units...........................................................45
Operation........................................................................................................................................ 48
Connecting vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and selecting the address word for the convenience
system central control unit -J393-................................................................................................... 48
Overview of selectable functions..................................................................................................... 50
Interrogating control unit version.................................................................................................... 51
Overview of all the convenience system control units according to running date and generation. .52
Interrogating fault memory............................................................................................................. 57
Fault table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)..........................................58
Fault table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system).........................................69
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system), 05.01 (3rd
generation convenience system).................................................................................................... 84
Actuator diagnosis......................................................................................................................... 103
Erasing fault memory.................................................................................................................... 104
Ending output................................................................................................................................ 105
Coding control unit........................................................................................................................ 105
Reading measured value block..................................................................................................... 107
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system).........................................107
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)........................................116
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)..................................125
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)..........................................127
Adaptation..................................................................................................................................... 136
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FOR CENTRAL LOCKING..................................................................................................... 152
Description of the system.............................................................................................................. 152
Operation...................................................................................................................................... 152
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the central locking
control unit -J110-.......................................................................................................................... 153
Overview of selectable functions................................................................................................... 154
Interrogating control unit version.................................................................................................. 155

Overview of all the central locking control units according to running date and generation.........155
Interrogating fault memory........................................................................................................... 158
Fault table for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation central locking)..................................................159
Fault table for vehicles 10.97 (2nd generation central locking).................................................166
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation central locking), 05.01 (3rd generation
central locking)............................................................................................................................. 174
Actuator diagnosis......................................................................................................................... 182
Ending output................................................................................................................................ 184
Coding control unit........................................................................................................................ 184
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)..................................................187
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)........................................193
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)...........................................198
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)...................................................200
Adaptation..................................................................................................................................... 209
SELF-DIAGNOSIS ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SEAT WITH MEMORY........................................................................222
Description of the system.............................................................................................................. 222
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the seat height
adjustment/driver.......................................................................................................................... 223
Overview of selectable functions................................................................................................... 225
Interrogating control unit version.................................................................................................. 225
Interrogating fault memory........................................................................................................... 226
Ending output................................................................................................................................ 227
Fault table..................................................................................................................................... 228
Test table....................................................................................................................................... 234
BODY FRONT................................................................................................................ 238
FRONT BODY......................................................................................................................................... 238
Summary of components of lock carrier with attached parts........................................................238
Replace lock carrier....................................................................................................................... 239
FRONT WING......................................................................................................................................... 242
Summary of components of front wing......................................................................................... 242
FRONT BONNET..................................................................................................................................... 244
Summary of front bonnet components.......................................................................................... 244
Remove and install front flap lock................................................................................................. 244
Disassembling and assembling radiator grill.................................................................................245
Summary of components actuation of front flap lock....................................................................246
TAILGATE............................................................................................................................................. 248
Remove tailgate............................................................................................................................ 248
Removing the pressurized gas strut.............................................................................................. 248
Degassing the pressurized gas strut............................................................................................. 249
Summary of components of tailgate lock......................................................................................251
FUEL TANK LID UNIT............................................................................................................................... 252
Summary of components of the fuel-tank lid unit..........................................................................252
FRONT DOOR, CENTRAL LOCKING..................................................................................253
FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................ 253
Summary of components of front door.......................................................................................... 253
Removing and installing the front door......................................................................................... 254
Door adjustment........................................................................................................................... 256
Remove door window.................................................................................................................... 256
Remove and install window lifter................................................................................................... 257
Removing and installing window lifter motor................................................................................258
Summary of components of outer door handle.............................................................................260

Remove and install outer door handle........................................................................................... 261
Summary of components of door lock........................................................................................... 262
Removing and installing the door lock.......................................................................................... 263
CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................... 266
Removing and installing the tailgate control motor.......................................................................266
Removing and installing the setting element for the fuel tank cap...............................................266
Summary of components of front door seals.................................................................................267
REAR DOOR,SLIDING DOOR,WING DOORS,CENTRAL LOCKING..........................................268
REAR DOOR.......................................................................................................................................... 268
Summary of components of rear door........................................................................................... 268
Removing and installing the rear door.......................................................................................... 269
Door adjustment........................................................................................................................... 270
Remove door window.................................................................................................................... 270
Remove window lifter.................................................................................................................... 271
Summary of components of outer door handle.............................................................................273
Remove and install outer door handle........................................................................................... 274
Summary of components of door lock........................................................................................... 276
Removing and installing the door lock.......................................................................................... 276
Summary of components of rear door seals..................................................................................278
SLIDING ROOF.............................................................................................................. 279
SLIDING/TILTING ROOF ROCKWELL WITH GLASS PANEL...................................................................................279
Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel....................................................279
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof.....................................................................................281
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof........................................................................................ 282
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment)...........................................................283
Check E-drive (0 position).......................................................................................................... 284
Check parallel running and adjust................................................................................................. 285
Remove sun screen....................................................................................................................... 287
Install sun screen.......................................................................................................................... 287
Removing and installing assembly unit......................................................................................... 288
Cleaning the water drain hoses..................................................................................................... 289
SLIDING/TILTING ROOF WEBASTO WITH GLASS PANEL....................................................................................293
Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel....................................................293
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof.....................................................................................295
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof........................................................................................ 296
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment)...........................................................297
Replacing the glass roof pane seal................................................................................................ 298
Removing and installing the sun visor........................................................................................... 299
Removing and installing E-drive.................................................................................................... 299
Setting electric drive mechanism (setting 0 position)................................................................300
Removing the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism........................................301
Check parallel running.................................................................................................................. 302
Setting the parallel running........................................................................................................... 302
Removing and installing assembly unit......................................................................................... 303
Adapting the E-drive...................................................................................................................... 304
Cleaning the water drain hoses..................................................................................................... 305
BUMPER....................................................................................................................... 306
FRONT BUMPER..................................................................................................................................... 306
Summary of components of bumper 12.01...............................................................................306
Bondings of front bumper for vehicles 08.00 12.01...................................................................308
Summary of components of bumper 01.02 ...............................................................................308
REAR BUMPER....................................................................................................................................... 311
Summary of components of rear bumper......................................................................................311
Summary of components of rear bumper (Octavia Combi)...........................................................312

Cutting out the opening for the trailer arm...................................................................................314
Drilling the openings for the parking aid sensors..........................................................................315
GLAZING/WINDOW MECHANISM.....................................................................................317
GLUED WINDOWS.................................................................................................................................. 317
Removing and installing glued windows........................................................................................ 317
Summary of components of windscreen.......................................................................................318
Removing and installing windscreen............................................................................................. 319
Summary of components of rear window......................................................................................323
Assembly overview of rear window (Octavia Combi).....................................................................323
Removing and installing the rear window......................................................................................324
Assembly overview of side window (Octavia Combi).....................................................................325
Removing and installing side window (Octavia Combi).................................................................325
Prepare new window for fitting...................................................................................................... 326
Glue sticker onto the new windscreen........................................................................................... 329
Mounting instructions.................................................................................................................... 329
Prepare flange for fitting............................................................................................................... 330
Glueing.......................................................................................................................................... 330
Waiting time.................................................................................................................................. 332
Eliminating paint damage............................................................................................................. 332
Remove adhesive cement and clean............................................................................................. 333
Glue self-adhesive foil 4x4 onto the heatable rear window...........................................................333
Remove self-adhesive foil 4x4 from the heatable rear window.....................................................333
EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT.................................................................................................. 335
TRIM PANELS........................................................................................................................................ 335
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 05.98.......................................................335
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 06.98 .......................................................335
PROTECTIVE STRIPS................................................................................................................................ 337
Removing and installing protective side strips..............................................................................337
WHEELHOUSE LINER............................................................................................................................... 338
Removing and installing the front wheelhouse liner......................................................................338
Removing and installing the rear wheelhouse liner.......................................................................338
ROOF DRIP MOULDING............................................................................................................................ 340
Removing and installing roof drip moulding..................................................................................340
REAR-VIEW MIRROR................................................................................................................................ 341
Summary of components of rear-view mirror................................................................................341
TRAILER COUPLING................................................................................................................................. 343
Summary of components trailer coupling......................................................................................343
ROOF RACK.......................................................................................................................................... 345
Summary of components of roof rack (Octavia Combi).................................................................345
ROOF SPOILER...................................................................................................................................... 347
Summary of the components - for the complete rear spoiler........................................................347
Removing and installing complete rear spoiler..............................................................................347
SELF-ADHESIVE FOILS OCTAVIA RS WRC.................................................................................................349
Important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils....................................................................349
Remove self-adhesive foil.............................................................................................................. 349
Summary of components of side self-adhesive foils......................................................................350
Stick on side self-adhesive foils..................................................................................................... 351
Summary of components of roof and engine hood self-adhesive foil............................................354
Stick on roof and engine hood self-adhesive foils..........................................................................356
Summary of components of self-adhesive foils for rear bumper...................................................357
Stick on self-adhesive foils for front and rear bumper...................................................................358
Stick on the self-adhesive foils for the doors and the centre pillar................................................359
REAR SPOILER (FOR VEHICLES OCTAVIA SEDAN 4X4)....................................................................................360

REAR SPOILER (FOR VEHICLES OCTAVIA COMBI RS)......................................................................................362
Remove and install additional brake light (for vehicles Octavia Combi RS)...................................363
DECORATIVE SHEETS TAXI...................................................................................................................... 365
Stick on decorative sheets and remove......................................................................................... 365
DIMENSIONS OF HOLES FOR ROOF SIGN TAXI..............................................................................................366
Summary of components of roof sign TAXI....................................................................................366
INTERIOR EQUIPMENT................................................................................................... 368
INTERIOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR................................................................................................................... 368
Removing and installing the interior rear-view mirror...................................................................368
Repairing with glue....................................................................................................................... 368
Removing and installing the interior mirror with rain sensor.........................................................369
STORAGE AREAS, COVERS, TRIM PANELS..................................................................................................... 371
Summary of components of centre console 08.96 ....................................................................371
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.96 ..............................................371
Removing and installing footwell covering on driver's side...........................................................372
Summary of components of centre console 08.98 ....................................................................373
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.98 ..............................................374
Summary of components of the front armrest..............................................................................375
Removing and installing the sun visor........................................................................................... 376
Removing and installing the rear reading light..............................................................................377
RECESSED HANDLE................................................................................................................................ 378
Removing and installing recessed handle.....................................................................................378
ENTRANCE PLATES................................................................................................................................. 379
Removing and installing sill panels............................................................................................... 379
NET PARTITION PANEL............................................................................................................................. 380
Summary of components.............................................................................................................. 380
HOLDER FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER.............................................................................................................. 382
Removing and installing holder for fire extinguisher.....................................................................382
DIMENSIONS OF HOLES FOR TAXI............................................................................................................. 384
Summary of components of printer............................................................................................... 384
Summary of components of the power socket..............................................................................385
Roof aerial bore for TAXI two-way radio system............................................................................385
Summary of components of switch for alarm system....................................................................386
Summary of components for the off switch of the alarm system..................................................386
Summary of components of microphone holder............................................................................387
PASSENGER PROTECTION..............................................................................................388
SEAT BELTS.......................................................................................................................................... 388
Removing and installing the front seat belt height adjustment.....................................................388
Remove and install front inertia reel and front seat belt fitting.....................................................388
Summary of components of inertia reel with front seat belt tensioner..........................................389
Summary of components of rear inertia reel.................................................................................390
Remove and install rear seat belt height adjuster (Octavia Combi)...............................................391
Remove and install rear inertia reel (Octavia Combi)....................................................................392
Summary of components - middle three-point seat belt at the rear..............................................393
Safety instructions for work on seat belt tensioners......................................................................395
Removing and installing the front seat belt buckle.......................................................................396
Removing and installing the rear seat belt buckle........................................................................396
Removing and installing belt guide............................................................................................... 397
Inspect seat belts.......................................................................................................................... 398
AIRBAG SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................... 400
Overview of fitting locations.......................................................................................................... 400
Safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system.............................................401
Replacement of airbag units following an accident.......................................................................402

Removing and installing driver airbag unit....................................................................................403
Removing and installing the steering wheel..................................................................................405
Removing and installing restoring ring with slip ring.....................................................................407
Removing and installing passenger airbag unit.............................................................................408
Removing and installing the side airbag crash sensor...................................................................409
Removing and installing front passenger airbag key switch..........................................................409
Removing and installing side airbag units.....................................................................................410
Removing and installing airbag control unit -J 234-.......................................................................413
DISPOSAL OF PYROTECHNICAL PARTS BEFORE SCRAPPING THE VEHICLE..............................................................415
Dispose of the airbag units before scrapping the vehicle..............................................................415
Dispose of belt tensioner............................................................................................................... 416
TRIM, NOISE INSULATION.............................................................................................. 417
DASH PANEL......................................................................................................................................... 417
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.96 ..........................................................................417
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.98 ..........................................................................421
Removing and installing the central tube/dash panel....................................................................426
Removing and installing the convenience system control unit......................................................431
DOOR TRIM PANELS................................................................................................................................ 433
Summary of components of front door trim panel (with mechanical window lifter).......................433
Removing and installing the front door trim panel........................................................................434
Summary of components of front door trim panel (with power window lifter)...............................434
Removing and installing the driver door trim panel......................................................................436
Summary of components of rear door trim panel..........................................................................437
Removing and installing the rear door trim panel.........................................................................438
Removing and installing the damping foil of the door...................................................................439
Remove window crank.................................................................................................................. 440
Install window crank...................................................................................................................... 441
PILLAR AND SIDE TRIM PANELS.................................................................................................................. 442
Summary of components of trim panel for pillar A........................................................................442
Summary of components of trim panel for bottom pillar A............................................................443
Removing and installing trim panels of pillar B.............................................................................444
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C.........................................................................446
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C...................................................................447
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C (Octavia Combi)..............................................448
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C...................................................................449
Removing and installing trim panel of pillar D (Octavia Combi)....................................................450
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT TRIM PANELS....................................................................................................... 451
Removing and installing the trim panel for the luggage compartment floor.................................451
Removing and installing side luggage compartment trim panel....................................................452
Removing and installing the tailgate/luggage compartment covers..............................................453
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 07.00...........................................454
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 08.00 ...........................................455
Removing and installing support for luggage compartment cover................................................456
Increased luggage compartment floor (Octavia Combi) - Summary of components......................457
Luggage compartment-side trim panel (Octavia Combi) - Summary of components....................458
Summary of components of tailgate/luggage compartment covers (Octavia Combi)....................459
Summary of components of tailgate trim panel (Octavia Combi)..................................................460
Summary of components of support for the luggage compartment cover (Octavia Combi)..........461
Removing and installing foldable securing eyes in the luggage compartment (Octavia Combi 4x4
and RS)......................................................................................................................................... 462
MOULDED HEADLINER............................................................................................................................. 463
Removing and installing moulded headliner..................................................................................463
Removing and installing moulded headliner (Octavia Combi).......................................................466
ROOF NOISE INSULATION PANELS............................................................................................................... 468
Summary of components of the roof noise insulation panels........................................................468
SEAT FRAMES............................................................................................................... 470

MECHANICALLY ACTIVATED FRONT SEATS..................................................................................................... 470
Removing seat.............................................................................................................................. 470
Installing seat................................................................................................................................ 471
Removing seat height adjustment handle.....................................................................................472
Installing seat height adjustment handle......................................................................................472
Remove the backrest rack from the seat rack...............................................................................472
Assembling seat rack and backrest rack.......................................................................................475
Removing and installing seat height adjusting elements..............................................................476
THE ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SEAT WITH MEMORY........................................................................................478
Removing and installing electrically operated seats.....................................................................478
Removing and installing the covers for electrically operated seats...............................................479
Removing and installing control unit on electrically operated seats..............................................480
Removing and installing the operating unit for electrically operated seats...................................481
Removing and installing the seat length adjustment unit for electrically operated seats..............482
Removing and installing the front seat height adjustment on electrically operated seats.............483
Removing and installing the rear seat height adjustment on electrically operated seats..............484
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for electrically operated seats.......485
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for electrically operated seats.......486
REAR SEATS......................................................................................................................................... 487
Removing and installing seat bench and backrest (separated).....................................................487
Removing and installing the seat bench with the child seat..........................................................489
Removing and installing the support RS (only Octavia Sedan)......................................................490
SEAT PADDING, COVERS................................................................................................491
COVERS AND FRONT SEAT UPHOLSTERY...................................................................................................... 491
Removing and installing front seat covers and upholstery............................................................491
Removing and installing front backrest cover and upholstery.......................................................492
REAR SEAT COVERS AND UPHOLSTERY........................................................................................................ 500
Removing and installing seat bench covers and upholstery (separated).......................................500
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (separated)............................501
Assembly overview of covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with armrest, separated)..........503
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with armrest, separated)......505
Body
Body Work
Technical data
Vehicle identification data

Vehicle identification number M99
The vehicle identification number is typepunched into the bulkhead of the engine
compartment. After opening the front flap
the vehicle identification number is visible
through a window in the plenum chamber
cover.
The vehicle identification

number can also be found
as of 04.99 at the bottom
left of the front window
corner.
Manufacturer's world
1code
2Internal code
3Type
4Internal code
5Model year
6 - Manufacturing plant
7 - Vehicle body number
Note
Detailed information on
the meaning of individual
markings BookletOctavia
Vehicle identification
number M00
The vehicle identification number is typepunched into the bulkhead of the engine
compartment. After opening the front flap
the vehicle identification number is visible
through a window in the plenum chamber
cover.
The vehicle identification number can also

be found bottom left of the front window
corner.
1 - Manufacturer's world code
2Model and version
3Engine fitted
Airbag system (does not apply for
4India)
Identification character for
4manufacturing month (applies for India)
5Vehicle type
6Internal code
7Model year
8Manufacturing plant
9Body number
Note
Detailed information on the meaning of
individual markings BookletOctavia
Self diagnosis, V.A.G Inspection Service

Self-diagnosis function of the airbag system
Description of the system

The airbag system comprises:
t
Airbag control unit
t
Sensors for side impact
t
Driver airbag
t
Front passenger airbag
t
Driver and front passenger side airbags
t mechanically activated seat belt pretensioner for driver and front passenger
t Switch for the front passenger airbag (optional equipment for vehicles MJ03 )
The described airbag system consists of the actuators, driver airbag, passenger airbag,
driver and passenger side airbags and two front seat belt tensioners. These are directly
10
ignited by the airbag control unit -J234- in the event of a crash as soon as the given
activation criteria are exceeded.
The belt tensioners are ignited independently of the signal from the airbag control unit in the
event of a crash.
The operation of the airbag units can be activated or blocked via the self-diagnosis
Chapter.
If the airbag unit on the front passenger side is deactivated, the fault relating to airbag
deactivation is stored in the fault memory and, after subsequent re-activation, it is erased
(only for vehicles which do not have a key switch for the front passenger airbags).
The switching on and off operations are undertaken by means of the key switch for the front
passenger airbag if the vehicle is fitted with such a key switch.
When activating the driver and front passenger front airbags the fault crash data stored is
entered in the fault memory and the airbag control unit must be replaced with a new original
part.
If the control unit detects a side impact it ignites the side airbag unit on the impact side. The
fault crash data side airbag DS stored or crash data side airbag FPS stored is entered in
the fault memory. These data can be erased 3x at the most, after which the control unit must
be replaced with a new original part (valid for vehicles 08.00 ). For vehicles 07.00 these
data cannot be erased, the control unit must be replaced with a new original part.
Code the new control unit when it is put into service Chapter.
If the airbag unit is ignited, the control unit sends a signal to the convenience system or
central locking control unit and to the engine control unit. This function serves as a passive
safety.
When the airbag unit is released:
t
all doors are unlocked
t
the interior lighting is switched on
t
if the fuel delivery unit is disconnected 1)
1)
Depending upon the control unit version
Check the control unit signal using actuator diagnosis Chapter.
The airbag control unit -J234- is located in the front section of the centre console Chapter.
The control unit is equipped with a fault memory.
The control unit detects faults in the airbag system and stores them in a permanent memory.
Faults due to a temporary line interruption or loose contact are also stored. These faults are
displayed as sporadic faults SP.
After the ignition is switched on, the airbag warning light -K75- comes on for about 4
seconds. If the warning light then flashes for a further 12 seconds this indicates that a front
passenger airbag unit has been electronically blocked (only for vehicles which do not have a
switch for the front passenger airbag).
If warning light -K75- does not go out after 4 seconds there is a fault. Interrogate the fault
t
memory Chapter.
If the warning light -K75- goes out and then lights up again then the control unit is not
t coded, the wrong control unit has been fitted or a fault is stored in the memory. Interrogate
the fault memory Chapter.
If the airbag warning light -K75- flashes continuously, it is then necessary to replace the
t
airbag control unit -J234-.
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and interrogate the fault memory using the
diagnostic device -V.A.G 1552-, -V.A.G 1551- or V.A.S 5051.
Note
The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the
program card 6.0.
The use of vehicle diagnosis, measurement and information system V.A.S 5051 or fault
t read-out scan tool -V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is almost identical except for specific
deviations (e.g. other display, possibility of using a printer).
t To end the diagnosis or to switch to another address word select function 06 End output.
All displayed error messages refer to a fault table on the possible causes as well as targeted
11
t
repairs.
Faults in other control units may be stored (e.g. disconnected plug connections) during
testing and fitting. This is why the fault memories of all control units must be interrogated
and then erased.
Therefore it is necessary to:
Enter address word 00 Automatic Test Sequence. The diagnostic unit -V.A.G 1552-, if
necessary -V.A.G 1551- checks the fault memory of all vehicle systems.
If the corresponding CU responds with its identification number, the number of faults and
type or No fault recognized appears in the display.
Eliminate possible faults and erase fault memory.

Vehicle system test
HELP
The following is displayed after completion of the
Enter
address
word
XX
test sequence:
Test preconditions for self-diagnosis
l
l
All fuses o.k.

Battery voltage at least 9.0 volts
Notes on performing airbag system diagnosis

Special tools and workshop equipment required
t
t
t
t
Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3CMultimeter, e.g. -V.A.G 1526 ATest box -VAS 5056- with adapter cable -VAS 5056/1- and -VAS 5056/2WARNING
Check correct fitting and tightness of the wiring and plug connections with the ignition off
(also possibly disconnect the plug connections).
Before disconnecting the airbag plug connections the mechanic must electrically discharge
himself.
Do not perform any continuity tests or other measurements on the ignition circuits with the
airbags and belt tensioners connected!
For rectifying faults or determining the cause of the fault, always end self-diagnosis and then
re-start it again before separating and re-connecting the individual airbag components!
Only the front passenger airbags can be locked Chapter. Locking of the other airbag unit
must only be undertaken in exceptional circumstances and then only by written permission of
the PST department (Czech Republic) or the importer.
When checking the electrical wiring loom for airbag system for short-circuit or open circuit
the airbag plug connections must be disconnected, switch off the ignition and disconnect the
battery to check the airbag control unit!
When removing and installing the airbag units observe the safety instructions for work on
airbag units Chapter.
12
When removing and installing belt tensioners observe the safety instructions for work on belt
tensioners Chapter.
Note
If the battery earth strap is disconnected and re-connected, carry out additional operations
Electrical System Rep. gr.27.
When disconnecting the battery all values programmed (adaptation values) in vehicle
t control units are erased. When re-connecting the battery these values must again be
programmed!
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word Airbag
The connection for self-diagnosis is located in the storage compartment below the steering
wheel.
Connect vehicle system

tester -V.A.G 1552- with
connecting line
-V.A.G 1551/3- when the
ignition is switched off.
Readout on display:
Note
If there is no readout on the display: Operating instructions of

vehicle system tester.
The automatic test sequence may be entered with address word

t 00, i.e. the fault memory of all self-diagnosable systems in the
vehicle is interrogated.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Enter address word XX
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
13
HELP
Enter address word 15 Airbag.
Readout on display:
Confirm the entry with the key Q.
Vehicle system test

15 - Airbag
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system
test
Tester sends
address word 15
One of the following four displays will appear in the event of a

t communication set-up failure between vehicle system tester
-V.A.G 1552- and the control unit.
t
Press the HELP button to display the possible

fault causes.
Vehicle system test

HELP
The control unit does not respond!
Vehicle system test

HELP
C cable does not connect to pos. term.!
Vehicle system test
Malfunctions occurred at the start of or during the program ->
(external sources of interference).
The control unit does not
respond
The ignition must be on!
Check diagnostic cables as well as voltage supply.

After removing the possible fault cause re-enter address
word 15 for Airbag and confirm entry with key Q.

Read-out on display after entering address word 15:
and then the readout will appear:
The control unit identification number is
displayed.
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication set-up
Vehicle system test

Tester sends address word 15
1J0 909 603 A

Coding 00065
AIRBAG VW 3 V02
->
WSC12345
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX
Overview of selectable functions

Page
01 - Interrogating control unit version
Chapter
02 - Interrogating fault memory
Chapter
03-Actuator diagnosis
Chapter
05 - Erasing fault memory
Chapter
06 - End output
Chapter
07 - Code control unit
Chapter
14
08 - Read measured value block
Chapter
10 - Adaptation
Chapter
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word 15 Airbag
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 01.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Q

Readout on display:
t
Top line:
Control unit part no. (1J0 909 603 A)
System designation (AIRBAG -VW3-)
1J0 909 603 A
V02
->
Coding 00065
WSC12345
Version number -V02t
Bottom line:
AIRBAG VW3
Code number
Operating number (is automatically stored in the control
unit when servicing the actual system)
Press key.
Readout on display:
End output (function 06) Chapter.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

The number of faults stored appears on the display.

Press the button to display the faults consecutively.
X faults detected!
Example:
The following appears in the display:
->
Source of interference: 00588
15
Press key.

Rectify the faults by referring to the
fault table Chapter.
Ignition device for airbag (driver's side)

N95
Resistance too great
No fault detected!
->
If No fault detected the program returns to its initial

position after the button is pressed.
Readout on display:
If anything else appears on the display: Operating
instructions V.A.G 1552.

Note
t
t
t
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
If a fault is detected:
1. Remove fault.
2. Erase fault memory (Function 05).
t 3. Interrogate fault memory (Function 02) again.

03 - Actuator diagnosis
Before initiating the final control diagnosis for the airbag system, the complete function of
l the central locking must be checked using the relevant final control diagnosis. Faults in the
central locking must be eliminated.
The crash signal function can be checked with the final control diagnosis. This function
serves as a passive safety. When actuating the airbag, this opens the door locks and the
tailgate lock using the central locking. At the same time the interior lighting is switched on, if
necessary the fuel pump is also disconnected.
Interrogate fault memory and erase.

Close the doors and the tailgate.
Put interior lighting switch in position door contact.
Connect vehicle system tester and select address word Airbag Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 03.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
HELP
Actuator diagnosis
->
Crash signal
16
Note
The door locks and the tailgate lock are unlocked. The interior
lighting is switched on and if necessary the fuel pump is
disconnected.
Press key.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
END
Press key.
Press key.
Function unknown or cannot

be carried out at the moment
->
->
Vehicle system
test
HELP
Select function
XX
Readout on display:

Note
After completion of the final control diagnosis select address word 00

automatic test sequence and interrogate fault memory of all the control
units and then erase (as the faults may be stored during the test
sequence).
04 - Overview of the control units
Number of
the CU 1)
1J0 909 603
B
1J0 909 603
A
1J0 909 608
AE
1J0 909 608
B
1J0 909 603
AT
1J0 909 603
AS
1J0 909 608
BE
1J0 909 608
BD
6Q0 909 601
0E
1C0 909 601
0E
1C0 909 601
Code
number
00066
Running Vehicle equipment

date
M99 Driver airbag
00065
M99 Driver and front passenger airbag units
16709
M99 Driver airbag, side airbags
00066
M99 Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags
16724
M00
Driver airbag
16723
M00
Driver and front passenger airbag units
16965
M00
Driver airbag, side airbags
16964
M00
Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags
12357
12357
12884
09.00 Driver airbag, CAN databus line

04.01
05.01
05.03
06.03
17
2T
6Q0 909 601
0F
1C0 909 601
0F
1C0 909 601
31
6Q0 909 601
0T
1C0 909 601
0T
1C0 909 601
32
6Q0 909 601
11
1C0 909 601
11
1C0 909 601
33
6Q0 909 605
07
6Q0 909 605
08
6Q0 909 605
0B
6Q0 909 605
0C
6Q0 909 605
0K
1C0 909 605
0K
1C0 909 605
1L
6Q0 909 605
0L
1C0 909 605
0L
1C0 909 605
1M
6Q0 909 605
0M
1C0 909 605
0M
1C0 909 605
1N
6Q0 909 605
0N
1C0 909 605
0N
12358
12358
13105
12372
12372
13106
12593
12593
13107
12343
12344
12354
12355
12363
12363
12620
12364
12364
12621
12365
12365
12622
12366
12366
09.00 Driver and front passenger airbag,

04.01 CAN databus line
05.01
05.03
06.03
09.00 Driver airbag, without CAN databus line
04.01
05.01
05.03
06.03
09.00 Driver and front passenger airbag, without CAN
04.01 databus line
05.01
05.03
06.03
09.00
02.01
09.00
02.01
09.00
02.01
09.00
02.01
02.01
04.01
05.01
05.03
Driver airbag, side airbags,

CAN databus line
Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags,
CAN databus line
Driver airbag, side airbags, without CAN databus
line
Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags,
without CAN databus line
Driver airbag, side airbags,
CAN databus line
06.03
02.01 Driver and front passenger airbag, side airbags,
04.01 CAN databus line
05.01
05.03
06.03
02.01 Driver airbag, side airbags, without CAN databus
04.01 line
05.01
05.03
06.03
04.01 without CAN databus line
05.01
05.03
18
1C0 909 605

1P
1C0 909 601
2G
1C0 909 601
34
1C0 909 601
2H
1C0 909 601
35
1C0 909 605
1G
1C0 909 605
1S
1C0 909 605
1H
1C0 909 605
1T
1)
12624
06.03
12871
05.02 Driver and front passenger airbag, CAN databus

05.03 line, key switch for the front passenger airbags
13108
06.03
12872
05.02 Driver and front passenger airbag, without CAN

05.03 databus line, key switch for the front passenger
06.03 airbags
13109
12615
12627
12616
12628

05.03 CAN databus line, key switch for the front
06.03 passenger airbags
05.03 without CAN databus line, key switch for the front
06.03 passenger airbags
Current control unit versions see Catalogue of Original Parts
Chapter.
Requirements:
t
t
Faults were eliminated.

Fault memory was interrogated Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 05.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Fault memory was erased
->
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
If this appears on the display then the test sequence is

incorrect.
19
HELP
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Carefully follow the test sequence step by step: first

interrogate the fault memory and then erase.
Caution!
Fault memory was not
interrogated
06 - Ending output
Select function 06.

Vehicle system test
Q
Readout on display:
06
End
output
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Switch off ignition.

HELP
Disconnect plug connection from vehicle system tester
-V.A.G 1552-.
07 - Coding airbag control unit
Coding is only possible if a new control unit is used.
l
The airbag warning light -K75- remains lit.

Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 07.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
Enter code number as specified in table

Chapter.
Code control unit

Enter code number
Q
XXXXX (032767
Example:
If the coding is accurate, it displays the control unit
identification number with the relevant character index and the 1J0 909 603 A
VW 3 V02
->
workshop code.
Press key.
Readout on display:
Coding 00065
WSC12345
Select function 06.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Readout on display:

Vehicle system test
The airbag warning light -K75- must go out after max. 4 sec. Q
If the control unit rejects an entered code number the
following message will be displayed:
20
06 - End output
AIRBAG
Readout on display:
In this case the control unit was not programmed with the data required for
the vehicle. In this case the control unit cannot be coded. The airbag
warning light -K75- does not go out and remains lit. Check whether the right
control unit was fitted on the vehicle (compare part number and character
index), or whether possibly a wrong code was entered.
Fault
->
Coding
XXXXX not
accepted
Repeat coding.
08 - Reading measured value block

Note
Pay attention to the notes on performing the airbag system diagnosis

Chapter.
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word 15
Airbag Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
HELP
Desired display group number Chapterread table of

measured value block and confirm entry with key Q.
Read measured value block

HELP
Enter display group
number XXX
Readout on display:
The breakdown of the display contents in the individual
display fields Chapter, read table of measured value block
Is correctly displayed in all indicator fields.
Reading measured value block

1
1
2
3
4
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
Interrogate the fault memory after ending the function

Reading measured value block Chapter.
09 - Fault table
Note
21
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
All the possible faults which can be detected by the control unit -J234- and displayed on
t the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-, are listed in the table according to the 5-digit fault
code.
t SAE code, may be displayed on the right next to the fault number (e.g. 4214), ignore.
t
If in the display of the vehicle system tester -Info in der Literatur- appears, look for the text
required in the fault table under the fault code.
After repair always interrogate the fault memory using the vehicle system tester
-V.A.G 1552- and erase the memory.
If parts are output as faulty: First of all test all feed lines and plug connections to these
components as well as the earth connections according to current flow diagram. Replace
t
the component only if this test does not reveal any fault. This applies particularly if the
fault is shown as sporadic (SP).
t Pay attention to the notes on performing the airbag system diagnosis Chapter.
Display -V.A.G 1552-
Possible cause of
fault
00000
no fault detected
If after repair No fault detected is displayed, the selfdiagnosis is completed.
00532
Supply voltage
Rectifying fault
Signal too high incorrect voltage

Check cables, plug connections and
supply (must be in
fuses in accordance with the current
the range
flow diagram Current flow
7.8...21.1 V)
diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations
Voltage regulator
or AC generator
defective
Check supply voltage
Check voltage regulator or AC

generator Electrical System
Rep. gr.27
Signal too low Battery discharged Replace battery or charge battery

or defective
Voltage regulator
or AC generator
defective
00588
Short circuit to Wiring or plug
Ignition device for positive
connections
airbag (driver's
defective
side) -N95-
Check voltage regulator or AC

Rep. gr.27

Fitting locations
Short circuit to
earth
Resistance too Driver-side airbag
great
igniter -N9522
Replace airbag unit driver side
defective
Resistance too
small
00589
Ignition device 1
for airbag (front
passenger side)
-N131-

positive
connections
defective

Chapter


Fitting locations
Short circuit to
earth
Resistance too Ignition device for
great
airbag front
passenger side
-N131- defective
Resistance too
small
00594
Airbag ignition
circuits
Short circuit
Wiring or plug
connections
defective
Replace the front passenger's

airbag unit

Chapter


Fitting locations
00595
Crash data stored
Airbag units and

belt tensioner
ignited
Erasing fault memory
Replace airbag control unit -J234
01025
Fault lamp control
defective

Chapter
Replace airbag units and all

damaged components
Fault warning lamp

Replace dash panel insert
defective
Electrical System Rep. gr.90
Cables or plug
connections
defective


Fitting locations
Replace airbag control unit -J234-
Airbag control unit

-J234- defective
01044
Missing or incorrect
23
Coding control unit Chapter
Control unit
wrongly coded
coding of the
airbag control unit
-J234-
01217
Ignition device side positive
connections
airbag driver's side
defective
1)
-N199Short circuit to
earth


Fitting locations
Resistance too Ignition device side

Replace side airbag unit driver's
great
side
-N199- defective
Resistance too
small
01218
Ignition device side positive
connections
airbag front
defective
passenger side
Short circuit to
-N200-1)
earth

Chapter


Fitting locations
Resistance too Ignition device side Replace side airbag unit front
great
airbag front
passenger side
passenger's side
-N200- defective
Resistance too
small
01221
undefined
Crash sensor side switch status
-G179-1)
Wiring or plug
connections
defective
implausible
signal

Chapter


Fitting locations

Fitting locations
Short circuit to
positive
Short circuit to
earth
24
defective
01222
undefined
Crash sensor side switch status
airbag on the front
passenger's side
implausible
-G180-1)
signal
Crash sensor side

Replace crash sensor side airbag

driver's side -G179-G179- defective
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


Fitting locations
Short circuit to
positive
Short circuit to
earth
defective
Crash sensor side

airbag front
passenger's side
-G180- defective
Crash sensor side airbag front

passenger's side -G180- defective
01224
Control unit not
suited to vehicle
wrong control unit

Install control unit in compliance
used
with the Catalogue of Original parts
01226
Crash data side
stored1)
Side airbag driver's Erase fault memory Chapter2)

side ignited
Replace airbag unit driver side and
all damaged components
01227
Crash data side
airbag front
passenger's side
stored1)
Side airbag front

passenger's side
ignited
01228
Open circuit
Hexagon head cap
scr. Airbag
deactivation. FPS
Short circuit
-E224-
Wiring or plug
connections
defective
01280
Airbag front
passenger side
OFF1)
Erase fault memory Chapter2)
undefined
switch status
25
Replace airbag unit front passenger

side and all damaged components
Replace CU3)


Fitting locations
Airbag front
passenger side
deactivated
Replace CU3)
Replace key switch for deactivation

of front passenger side airbag
Chapter
Blocking and activating the airbag
units Chapter
01281
Airbag driver side
OFF1)
Airbag driver side

deactivated
01284
Side airbag driver
side OFF1)
Side airbag driver's

side deactivated
01285
Side airbag front
passenger side
OFF1)
Side airbag front

passenger's side
deactivated
01299
Data bus
diagnostic
interface -J533-
no
Fault in CAN
communicatio databus cables
n
01312
Data BUS drive
defective
no setting or
incorrect
setting
Cables or plug
connections
defective

units Chapter

units Chapter
Test CAN databus lines Electrical

System Rep. gr.90
Read out Gateway fault memory



Fitting locations
test all control units using data BUS
Control units using

CAN databus
defective
01317
no
Cables or plug
Control unit in dash communicatio connections
panel insert
n
defective
-J258-


Fitting locations
Replace dash panel insert

Dash panel insert

defective
01578
Warning light for
airbag off on the
front passenger
side -K145065535
Control unit -J234defective
Open circuit
Wiring or plug
connections
defective
Short circuit to
positive


Fitting locations
Control unit -J234- replace the airbag control unit with

defective
a new original part in compliance
26
with the Catalogue of Original parts
1)
Depending upon the control unit version Chapter.
2)
Erase fault memory (control unit may be used 3x at the most)
3)
If the fault memory can no longer be erased (warning light -K75- flashes continuously)
Read table of measured value block

Display group 001
Reading measured value
block 1
Text
Text
Text
Text
Readout on display
Display field
Specified Analysis
value
Ignition device 1 for belt tensioner front

passenger's side -N154Ignition device 1 for belt tensioner driver's side
-N153Passenger-side front airbag igniter 1 -N131-
Driver-side front airbag igniter -N95-
correct
Chapt
er
correct
Chapt
er
correct
Chapt
er
correct
Chapt
er
Analysis of display group number 001

Display
field
1
Denomination
Driver-side front
airbag igniter
-N95-
Readout
on display
Rectifying fault
correct No fault.
too small
Visual inspection of the cable guide.
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the plug

connections of the relevant circuit and again check on
the display.
If the display content changes to correct, erase fault
memory.
Disconnect the plug connection of the ignition device
27
from the airbag.

If the display content changes to too great:
Replace the airbag unit.
If the display read-out stays on too small:
Disconnect the plug connection from the restoring

ring with slip ring.
Replace restoring ring with slip ring.
too great
Check cables of cable harness for short circuit or open

circuit, or replace cable harness.
Disconnect the plug connection of the ignition device

from the airbag.
Fit the plug connection of the airbag igniter into the

plug connection of the test box -VAS 5056- Chapter.
If the display read-out changes to correct:
If the display read-out stays on too great:
Disconnect the plug connection of the restoring ring

with slip ring from the cable harness.
Connect adapter cable -VAS 5056/2- of test box
-VAS 5056- to wiring loom of driver-side igniter in
place of the contact ring with slip ring Chapter.
If the display read-out changes to correct:
Replace restoring ring with slip ring.
Press button on test box -VAS 5056-.

to
positive
to earth
the display.
28
memory.
If the display content does not change:

Display
field
2
Denomination
Passenger-side front
airbag igniter 1 -N131-
Readout Rectifying fault

on display
correct
No fault.
too small

Check the correct fitting and tightness of the
plug connections of the relevant circuit and
again check on the display.
If the display content changes to correct, erase

fault memory.
Separate plug connection from the airbag unit

front passenger side from the cable harness.

Replace the front passenger's airbag unit.
too great
Check cables of cable harness for short circuit

or open circuit, or replace cable harness.
Connect test box -VAS 5056- with cable
-VAS 5056/1- to wiring loom of passenger-side
ignition circuit Chapter.
Press button on test box -VAS 5056-.
If the display content changes to too small:

Replace the front passenger's airbag unit.

to positive Visual inspection of the cable guide.

to earth
29

fault memory.

Ignition device 1 for belt

tensioner driver's side
-N153-
correct
too great
too small
No fault.

fault memory.
Displa
y field
Denomination
Ignition device 1 for

belt tensioner front
passenger's side
-N154-
Replace belt tensioner driver's side.
Replace damaged airbag units or belt

tensioners.
Readout
on
display
Rectifying fault
correct
too great
too small
No fault.

connections of the relevant circuit and again check
on the display. If the display content changes to
correct, erase fault memory.

Replace belt tensioner front passenger's side.
Replace damaged airbag units or belt tensioners.
Display group 003
30

block 3
Readout on display
Text
Text
Text
Text
Display field
Specified
value
Switch for belt tensioner front

passenger's side 1)
Switch for belt tensioner driver's side
Sender for seat occupation front passenger
activated
Ignore
deactivated
not installed
1)
1)
Voltage supply
1)
Analysis
activated
Ignore
deactivated
not installed
activated
Ignore
deactivated
not installed
correct
Ancho
r
Not installed on vehicles OCTAVIA

Display Denominati Readout
field
on
on display
1
Voltage
supply
correct
Rectifying fault
No fault.
Onboard voltage must be in the range 9...16 V.
Check the onboard voltage of the vehicle Current flow

diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations
Inspect AC generator Current flow diagrams, Electrical

fault finding and Fitting locations

Check the plug connections of the cable harness for correct

fitting and tightness Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting locations
Display group 005

block 5
Readout on display
31
Text
Text
Text
Text
Display field
Specified
value
Analysis
Ignition device for side airbag rear

passenger side1)
Ignore
Ignition device for side airbag rear driver side 1)

Ignition device for side airbag front passenger side
-N200Ignition device for side airbag driver's side -N199-
1)
Ignore
correct
Anch
or
correct
Anch
or
Not installed on vehicles OCTAVIA

Displa
y field
Denomination
Ignition device for

side airbag driver's
side -N199-
Readout
on
display
Rectifying fault
correct No fault.
too small Visual inspection of the cable guide.

too large
not fitted Check the correct fitting and tightness of the plug
the display. If the display content changes to
Replace defective wiring or plug connections.
Replace defective side airbag unit drivers' side.

to
positive connections of the relevant circuit and again check
to earth
on the display.

memory.

32
Displa
y field
Denomination
Ignition device for

side airbag front
passenger side
-N200-
Readout
on
display
Rectifying fault
correct No fault.

too large
not fitted Check the correct fitting and tightness of the plug
Replace defective side airbag unit front passenger's

side.
to
positive
to earth
Check cables of cable harness for short circuit or

open circuit, or replace cable harness.
Display group number 010 (for vehicles of MJ 03 with key switch for the front passenger
airbags)
Reading measured value block 10
Text
Text
Text
Text
Readout on display
Display field
33
Specified Analysi
value
s
Key switch for the front passenger airbag - condition

of the switch
Key switch for the front passenger airbags - switch off the
front passenger side airbag
Key switch for the front passenger airbags - switch off the front
passenger front airbag
on
off
Anch
or
on
off
Anch
or
on
off
Anch
or

Displa
y field
Denomination
Readout
on
display
Key switch for the front

passenger airbags - switch
off the front passenger
front airbag
on
off
Rectifying fault
No fault.

too large
not
fitted plug connections of the relevant circuit and
again check on the display. If the display
content changes to On or Off, erase fault
memory.

passenger airbags - switch
off the front passenger
side airbag
on
off
Replace the defective key switch for the front

passenger airbag or the front airbag unit on the
front passenger side.
No fault.

too large
not
memory.
34
passenger airbag or the side airbag unit on the

front passenger side.
3

passenger airbag condition of the switch
on
off
No fault.

too large
not
memory.

passenger airbags.
Parts inspection with test box -VAS 5056 CWith the test box -VAS 5056 C-, it is possible to inspect the individual components of the
airbag system and thereby determine which components are indeed defective.
Note
t Observe the safety instructions for working with airbag units Chapter and Chapter.
t
It is also possible to check the cable harness and plug connections in the airbag system
without test box -VAS 5056 C-, in which case you must:
Disconnect battery: if the battery earth strap is disconnected and reconnected, carry out
additional operations Electrical System Rep. gr.27.
Unplug the relevant airbag unit.
t Unplug the cable harness of the airbag system from the airbag control unit -J234-.
t
t
Check cable for open circuit or short-circuit, and possibly eliminate faults or replace cable
harness.
If no fault is found in the cable, replace the relevant airbag unit.
The cause of display read-out too small may be the incorrect function of the short-circuit
bridge in the plug connection of the connected airbag unit.
The cause of display readout too large may be an incorrect plug connection, e.g.
contact resistance in the plug connection of the connected airbag unit.
Connecting test box -VAS 5056 C- to front airbag driver's side
Remove the front airbag on the driver's side Chapter.

35
Removing bottom trim panel for steering-column control Chapter.
Connect the ignition plug for the airbag

unit -1- to the test box plug -VAS 5056 C-.
Disconnect the plug connection from the

restoring ring with slip ring.
Connect cable connector of test box

-VAS 5056 C- to cable harness of the
ignition circuit on the driver's side.
Insert the plug connection of the airbag

1 - ignition device on the driver's side in the
test box plug -VAS 5056 C2-
Key
3-
Plug connection of restoring ring with

slip ring
Connecting test box -VAS 5056 C- to front

airbag passenger side
Remove the glove compartment

Chapter.
Disconnect the plug connection of the

airbag unit on the front passenger's side.
36
Connect cable connector

of test box -VAS 5056 C
to cable harness of the
ignition circuit on the
driver's side.
1-
Key
2 - Test box -VAS 5056 C3-
Cable of test box

-VAS 5056 C-
37
Deactivating and activating airbag units (adaptation)

The airbag control unit 8.00 allows the blocking (deactivation) of all airbag units in the
vehicle. Blocking airbag units on the front passenger side Chapter.
WARNING
At present the activation is only carried out on front passenger front airbag unit. If another
t channel is entered, other circuits are switched off and this fault can only be determined
with the diagnostic unit, but not by the warning light in the dash panel insert!
t
Locking of the other airbag unit must only be undertaken in exceptional circumstances and
then only by written permission of the PST department (Czech Republic) or the importer.
Deactivating and activating passenger-side airbag units (adaptation)

It is then necessary to deactivate the front airbag unit if it is intended to use a child seat on
the front passenger seat in which the child faces with its back to the direction of travel. In
certain countries, national legislation requires also deactivating the side airbags. The front
passenger airbag unit must be activated again as soon as the child seat is no longer
required.
WARNING
Blocking the airbag must be performed in accordance with the legal requirements and
regulations of the country concerned.
Pay attention to safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system
Chapter.
For vehicles without a key switch for airbags

Blocking is performed using the diagnostic device -V.A.G 1552-, -V.A.G 1551- or V.A.S 5051.
Blocking and activating the front passenger airbags must be recorded in the registration card
as well as in the service schedule and a specified adhesive label must be affixed in the
vehicle in case the airbag is blocked.
For vehicles with a key switch for airbags
For vehicles MJ03 which are fitted with the key switch for airbags, the switching on and off
of the front passenger airbag is performed by means of the key switch in the glove
compartment. The driver operates the key switch with the ignition key.
WARNING
When switching on and off the front passenger airbags, the ignition must be switched off.
Switching off the front passenger airbag is indicated by means of a warning light in the trim
panel for interior lights. Switching off of airbag using the key switch does not have to be
registered or entered into the service schedule. The specified adhesive label must not be
affixed.
38
Blocking and activating airbag units on the front passenger side (for vehicles without a key
switch for airbags)
Blocking is undertaken using the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- in the function mode 10
Adaptation using the corresponding channels.
Channel
01
Block front passenger front airbag unit
Note
On vehicles 07.00 the blocking of the side airbag is not performed by the airbag control
unit.
l
l
Test preconditions for self-diagnosis must be fulfilled Chapter.

Pay attention to safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system
Chapter.
Deactivating front passenger airbags

t
t
t
t
Cleaner Part No. D 009 401 04

For vehicles 07.00, set for deactivation of front passenger airbag part no. 1U0998521,
the set has the following two parts:
Resistance plug connection
Cable clamp
Upholstery hose
Information carrier
Sticker
For vehicles 08.00
Insulating tape
t Adhesive label with blocking specification S00.5800.39.xx (xx - language number)
Remove glove compartment Chapter.
Disconnect the airbag unit plug connector.
Valid for vehicles 07.00:

Insert resistance plug connection into the plug connection of the cable harness.
Pull upholstery hose onto the plug connection and secure with cable clamp.
Valid for vehicles 08.00 :

39
Attach connector for airbag to the dash panel holder with adhesive tape.
Continued for all vehicles:
Install the glove compartment Chapter.
Continued for all countries:
Connect vehicle system tester and select address word Airbag Chapter.
The airbag warning light -K75- lights up.

Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Confirm the entry with key Q.
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Enter channel number 01.
Adaptation
Enter channel number XX

Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key Q.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Select function 06.
Channel 1
Adaptation
0 ->
FP airbag activated
WSC 12345 - - Channel 1
Adaptation
1 ->
FP airbag deactivated
Adaptation
Store changed value?
Channel 1
Adaptation
Changed value stored
1 Q
1 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Readout on display:
Confirm entry with key Q.
Vehicle system test

06 - End output
The airbag warning light -K75- goes out.

Readout on display:
Select function 02 Interrogate fault memory Chapter.
Vehicle system
test
Check deactivation of the relevant airbag units: Passenger-side front airbag is
HELP
switched off see fault No. 01280.
Enter address
word XX
If other faults appear in the display, they should be rectified according to

the fault table Chapter.
40
Disconnect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552-.
For vehicles 07.00:
Insert orange information carrier in the diagnostic connection.

Note
The information carrier must remain inserted until the airbag is activated.
Continued for all vehicles:
Switch on ignition.
At first the warning light -K75- lights up for approx. 4 seconds and then
flashes for approx. 12 seconds. This indicates that one of the ignition circuits
is deactivated.
WARNING
On vehicles 08.00 the airbag system control unit can switch off any
desired airbag unit. If a channel other than 01 and 03 is entered, other
circuits are switched off and this fault can only be determined with the
diagnostic unit, but not by the warning light in the dash panel insert!
Clean surface for sticker with cleaner -D 009 401 04- on airbag cover on
front passenger side next to the Airbag logo.
Make holes on the sticker e.g. using punch pliers and through this mark the
deactivated airbag unit. Affix the sticker on the dash panel under the logo
Airbag on the front passenger side.
After the passenger-side airbag units have been deactivated (switched off), it
is then necessary to complete the registration card for airbag system/belt
tensioners. The original document remains in the Service Department, the
1st copy is sent to the KODA Service Department (Czech Republic) or to the
Importer for registration (other countries), while the 2nd copy is handed over
to the customer (inserted into Service Book).
The deactivation must be recorded in the service schedule.
Note
Blocking the airbag must be performed in accordance with the legal

requirements and regulations of the country concerned.
Activating front passenger airbag
Remove glove compartment Chapter.
For vehicles 07.00:

Remove resistance plug connection from the plug connection of the cable
41
harness.
Insert the plug of the cable harness into the airbag unit.
WARNING
The resistance plug connection must absolutely be removed for activation.

Remove the orange information carrier from the diagnostic connection.
For vehicles 08.00 :
Mount the airbag unit connector.

Install the glove compartment Chapter.
Connect the vehicle system tester and enter the address word 15 airbag
Chapter, function 10 and then enter the channel number 01.
The airbag warning light -K75- lights up.

Readout on display:
Press button.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 1
Adaptation
1 ->
FP airbag deactivated
Adaptation
0 ->
FP airbag activated
WSC 12345 - - -
Readout on display:
Press key Q.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Select function 06.
Channel 1
Adaptation
Channel 1
Adaptation
0 Q
0 ->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 End output
The airbag warning light -K75- goes out.

Readout on display:
Switch on ignition.
Vehicle system
test
HELP
Enter address
word XX
The airbag warning light -K75- lights up and must go out after approx. 4
seconds.
If the warning light does not go out:
Select address word 15 airbag and then function 02 interrogate fault
42
memory Chapter.
If other faults appear in the display, they should be rectified according to

the fault table Chapter.
If the warning light goes out
-V.A.G 1552- separate.
Pull the sticker off the airbag cover and remove.

After the passenger-side airbag units have been activated (switched on), it is
then necessary to complete the registration card for airbag system/belt
tensioners. The original document remains in the Service Department, the
1st copy is sent to the KODA Service Department (Czech Republic) or to the
Importer for registration (other countries), while the 2nd copy is handed over
to the customer (inserted into Service Book).
The activation must be recorded in the service schedule.
43
Self-diagnosis for convenience system

The convenience system comprises the electric equipment in the doors:
t
electrical central locking system with SAFE function
power-window lifter with jamming protection
electrically adjustable and heated exterior mirror
It also comprises other systems in the vehicle:

t
t
Cut-off delay for interior lamp

Monitoring and disconnection of all interior and luggage compartment lights as a battery
discharge protection
Sliding roof closing function via outside closing command
Radio control for anti-theft alarm system and central locking
The vehicles can be equipped with different types of convenience systems. Individual types
differ by:
t
t
t
t
Actuation
Parts (control units, key pads, electrical installations etc.)
inner function of the control units
Diagnostic
Removing and installing the convenience system control unit Chapter.

WARNING
When exchanging the parts pay attention not to interchange them, see Catalogue of
Original Parts!
Subsequently only electrical and electronic systems approved by the company koda a.s.
can be installed!
Summary of components for the convenience system units
44
1q
q
2q
3q
q
4q
5q
Central control unit for convenience system -J393It is located behind the lower part of the dash panel on the driver's side.
Removing Chapter.
Connector
Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar A.
Door control unit driver side for convenience system -J386Fixed to the window lifter motor.
Removing:
Remove window lifter motor Chapter.
Door lock
Removing Chapter.
Connector
Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar B.
45
6q
q
7q
8q
q
9q
Door control unit rear left for convenience system -J388Fixed to the window lifter motor.
Removing:
Door lock
Removing Chapter.
Tailgate lock control
Installed below the trim panel of the tailgate.
Removing Chapter.
Tank flap lock
Removing Chapter.
10 q
Door lock
Removing Chapter.
11 -
Door control unit rear right for convenience system -J389-
Fixed to the window lifter motor.
12 q
13 q
Removing:
Activating the sliding roof
Removing Chapter.
Interior lamp
Removing Chapter.
14 q
15 q
16 q
q
17 -
Door lock
Removing Chapter.
Connector
Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar B.
Door control unit front passenger side for convenience system -J387Fixed to the window lifter motor.
Removing:
Control unit for the airbag system
46
Removing Chapter.
18 q
Connector
Installed in the rubber grommet between the door and the pillar A.
Operation
The central control unit for convenience system -J393- is located in the dash panel. It is equipped with a
fault memory. The connection for the self-diagnosis is located below the storage compartment under the
steering column.
The control unit detects faults and malfunctions in the convenience system and stores them in the permanent
memory.
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and retrieve the stored information using the vehicle
system tester -V.A.G 1552- oder -V.A.G 1551-.
Note
The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the program card
6.0.
The use of vehicle diagnosis, measurement and information system V.A.S 5051 or fault read-out scan tool
t -V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is almost identical except for specific deviations (e.g. other display,
possibility of using a printer etc).
The displayed fault messages refer to a fault table including indications on the possible causes as well as
targeted repairs.
Faults due to a temporary line interruption or loose contact are also stored. These faults are displayed as
sporadic faults SP.
Function indicator
The optical Safe function indicator is a LED mounted in the lock button of the driver's door.
t
Connecting vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and selecting the address word for the
convenience system central control unit -J393Special tools and workshop equipment required
t Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- with cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B, 3CTest requirements:
t
t
All fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow diagram.

Battery voltage at least 9 V.
47
Switch off ignition and

connect up vehicle
system tester
-V.A.G 1552- using the
appropriate cable.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Enter address word 46 Central module
convenience system.
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Q
46 - Central module convenience system
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test


t
Press HELP key to display the possible fault causes.
Vehicle system test

HELP
The control unit does
not respond!
Vehicle system test

HELP
K cable does not connect to pos. term.
Vehicle system test
No signal from the control
unit
Check diagnostic connection as well as voltage supply.

After removing the fault cause re-enter address word 46 for
the function Central module convenience system and
confirm with the key Q.
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication
set-up
Read-out on display after entering address word 46: Vehicle system test
48
The display shows the control unit identification

number, e.g.:
If for example a further CU is displayed Chapter,
interrogate control unit version.
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Driver's door

control unit)
1U4959801B 5N Door control unit
FS0002r
1U0959811B 5Q Door control unit
HL0002r ->
HL0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Door control

unit RR)
1U4959802B 5Q Door control unit.

->
Press key.

unit RL)
FS0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Passenger's door

control unit)
1J0959799AH Central CU comf.

0001 ->
Coding 04097
WSC
XXXXX
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX

Page
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
06 - End output
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
10 - Adaptation
Chapter
Interrogating control unit version

The vehicles are equipped with different types (generations) of convenience system control
units, which differ from each other by error messages, measured value blocks and
adaptation. In order to determine the type (generation) of the convenience system, first of
49
all the control unit identification number of the part at the vehicle system tester must be
read and this control unit must then be selected in the overview of the control units
Chapter. Here the running date of the production and the row number generation are
indicated. This information determines the further procedure of the repair.
convenience system Chapter.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 01.
HELP

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Q
The vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- displays the

control unit identification number, e. g.:
t 1J0 959 799 AH = Part no. of the control unit
t
Central CU comf. = System designation
0001 = Program status number
Coding 04097 = Coding variant
1J0959799AH Central CU comf.

0001 ->
Coding 04097
WSC
XXXXX
WSC = Workshop code

Press key.
Readout on display: (Driver's door control

1U4959801B 5N Door control unit
unit)
Press key.
Readout on display, e.g.: (Passenger's door

control unit)
FS0002r
HL0002r ->
HL0002r ->
Press key.

unit RR)
1U4959802B 5Q Door control unit.

->
Press key.

unit RL)
FS0002r ->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Overview of all the convenience system control units according to running date and
generation
Valid for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)

50
Central control unit part

no.
3B0 959 799 S 1)
Program
number
V42
3B0 959 799 AA 1)
V42
3B0 959 799 R 1)
V42
3B0 959 799 T 1)
V42
Door control unit part

no.
1U6 959 793 1)
1U1 959 802 1)
1U4 959 811 1)
1U4 959 812 1)
Control unit function

Control unit without radio control and alarm function
LHD
RHD
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm
function
LHD
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm
function
RHD
Denomination
Door control unit drive -J386Door control unit passenger
-J387Door control unit RL -J388Door control unit RR -J389-
1)
Program
number
V42
V42
V42
V42

Door control unit, driver side
Door control unit passenger's
side
Door control unit RL
Door control unit RR

Valid for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)
Central control unit part Program
no.
number
1J0 959 799L OW 1)
0002
limousine, LHD
1)
1J0 959 799L OZ
0002
limousine, RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M OX
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm
function
limousine, LHD
1J0 959 799M OY 1)
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
function
limousine, LHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 10
0002
function
limousine, RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 11
0002
function
limousine, RHD
1)
1J0 959 799L 29
0002
Combi, LHD/RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 2A
0002
function
Combi, LHD/RHD
1)
1J0 959 799M 2B
0002
function
Combi, LHD/RHD
51
Door control unit part no.

1U4 959 801A OW 1)
1U6 959 802A OZ 1)
1U4 959 802A OW 1)
1U6 959 801A OZ 1)
1U0 959 811A OW 1)
1U0 959 812A OW 1)
Denomination
Door control unit DS
Door control unit FP
Program number
0022
0022
0022
0022
0022
0022

Driver's door control unit, LHD
Driver's door control unit, RHD
Passenger's door control unit, LHD
Passenger's door control unit, RHD
1)

For vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
Central control Equipment Vehicle type and Control unit function
unit part no.1)
code
steering
1J0 959 799Q
5S
Limousine
LHD/RHD
5B
Combi LHD/RHD
5G3)
5M3)
1J0 959 799N
5T
5C
1J0 959
799AH
5T
5C
5H3)
5N3)
1J0 959 799N
1J0 959
799AH
5U
5D
5U
5D
5J3)
1J0 959 799N
1J0 959
799AH
5P3)
59
5E
59
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without
LHD/RHD
alarm function
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without
LHD/RHD
alarm function
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD

function (without interior monitoring)
function (without interior monitoring)

function (with interior monitoring)
function (with interior monitoring)
52
5E
5K3)
1J0 959
799AH
5Q3)
5L2)3)
5R2)3)
1J0 959
799AH
7R3)
7Q3)
1J0 959 799N
5A2)
5F2)
1J0 959
799AH
5A2)
5F2)
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine
LHD/RHD
Combi LHD/RHD
Limousine/RHD Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
function (with interior monitoring) and alarm system with
Combi/RHD
independent power supply
Limousine/LHD Control unit with receiver for remote control; with alarm
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Combi/RHD
1)

Design for Great Britain
3)
Design with tilting roof Webasto
2)
Door control unit part no. 1)

1U4 959 801B 5S
1U6 959 802B 5S
1U4 959 802B 5S
1U6 959 801B 5S
1U0 959 811B 5S
1U0 959 812B 5S
Denomination
Program number
0001r
0001r
0001r
0001r
0001r
0001r
1)


Valid for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)
Central
Equipmen Vehicle type and Control unit function
control unit
t
steering
1)
part no.
code
1C0 959 799
3P
Limousine/LHD Control unit without radio control and alarm function, with
3Q
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert with
CAN databus line.
4F
Combi/LHD
4G
Combi/RHD
CA
Limousine/LHD Control unit without radio control and alarm function, with
CB
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, tailgate actuation by
DK
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line.
DL
Combi/RHD
1C0 959 799
3R
Limousine/LHD Control unit without radio control and alarm function, only
A
3S
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line.
4H
Combi/LHD
4J
Combi/RHD
53
1C0 959 799

D
1C0 959 799

E
CC
CD
DM
DN
3T
3U
4K
4L
3V
1C0 959 799

B
3W
4M
4N
3X
3Y
1C0 959 799

A
4P
4Q
CE
CF
DP
DQ
3Z
40
1C0 959 799

F
1C0 959 799

E
1C0 959 799

C
4R
4S
CG
CH
DR
DS
41
42
4T
4U
43
44
4V
4W
3Y
3X
4Q
4P
Limousine/LHD
Limousine/RHD
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD
Control unit without radio control and alarm function, only

with front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by
microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line.
Control unit without radio control and alarm function, with

electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert
Limousine/RHD without CAN databus line.
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit without radio control and alarm function, only
with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert without
Limousine/RHD CAN databus line.
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control; without alarm function, with
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert with
CAN databus line.
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD electric window lifters for all windows, tailgate actuation by
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line.
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control; without alarm function, only
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line.
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD with front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
electric window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert
Limousine/RHD without CAN databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
with front electric window lifters, dash panel insert without
Limousine/RHD CAN databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz); without alarm
Limousine/LHD function, with electric window lifters for all windows, dash
panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
Combi/LHD
54
CJ
DQ
1C0 959 799
G
42
1C0 959 799

B
4U
45
46
1C0 959 799

A
4X
4Y
CK
CL
DT
DU
47
48
1C0 959 799

F
1C0 959 799

E
1C0 959 799

C
4Z
50
CM
CN
DV
DW
49
4A
51
52
4B
4C
53
54
4D
55
CP
DX
1C0 959
799G
1C0 959
799G
4E
56
45
4X
Combi/RHD function, with electric window lifters for all windows, tailgate
actuation by microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus
line
function, with electric window lifters for all windows, dash
Combi/RHD panel insert without CAN databus line
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control and alarm function, with electric
Limousine/RHD window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD window lifters for all windows, tailgate actuation by
Combi/LHD microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control and alarm function, only with
Limousine/RHD front electric window lifters, dash panel insert with CAN
databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/RHD front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by microswitch,
Combi/LHD dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Combi/RHD
window lifters for all windows, dash panel insert without CAN
Limousine/RHD databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
front electric window lifters, dash panel insert without CAN
Limousine/RHD databus line
Combi/LHD
Combi/RHD
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
Combi/LHD only with front electric window lifters,
dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Limousine/RHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
Combi/RHD only with front electric window lifters, tailgate actuation by
microswitch, dash panel insert with CAN databus line
Limousine/RHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
only with front electric window lifters,
Combi/RHD dash panel insert without CAN databus line
Limousine/LHD Control unit with radio control (315 Mhz) and alarm function,
with electric window lifters for all windows,
Combi/LHD dash panel insert without CAN databus line
55
1)
Door control unit part no. 1) Denomination

Program number
1U4 959 801D
00022)
00033)
1U6 959 802D
00022)
00033)
1U4 959 802D
00022)
00033)
1U6 959 801D
00022)
00033)
1U0 959 811D
00022)
00033)
1U0 959 812D
00022)
00033)

1)

CU with integrated relay from the company SIEMENS
3)
CU with integrated relay from the company TICO
2)
Interrogating fault memory
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test


Press the button to display the stored faults consecutively.
Fault cause and fault removal Chapter, Chapter or
Chapter.
Note
If a fault is detected: 1. Rectify the fault.
X faults detected!
->
t 3. Perform a functional test of the convenience system.

t
4. Interrogate fault memory (Function 02) again

56
No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears in the display: Operating
instructions for vehicle system tester
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX

Switch off ignition and disconnected vehicle system
tester.
Fault table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)

Note
Below is a list of all possible faults detected by the central control unit for convenience
system -J393- and displayed on -V.A.G 1552-, arranged according to their 5-digit fault code.
Before replacing components found to be defective first check the wiring and plug
t connections to these components as well as the earth cables according to the current flow
diagram.
t
t
t
Check tight fit of all the plug connections on the relay plate.
The fault table may also display the fault type.
Readout on
-V.A.G 1552-
Possible cause of fault
Rectifying fault
00000
No fault detected
If after repair No fault detected is displayed, the self-diagnosis is

completed.
65535
Control unit defective
t Control unit defective
Wiring or plug
connections defective
Battery discharged
Wiring or plug
Replace control unit

Check wiring and plug connections
according to the current flow diagram
00668
El. syst. voltage tml.
30
Signal too low
00849
57
Charging battery
S contact
undefined switch
status
Terminal 15 O.K., S
contact defective
Reading measured value block, display

group number 10 Anchor
Wiring or plug

t Locking unit defective
Wiring or plug
No supply voltage for CL

on driver's door
00928
CL lock unit on the
driver's side -F220implausible signal
Resistance in the
t mechanism of the locking
unit and control elements
Replace locking unit

Inspect supply voltage
Check mechanism and ensure smooth
operation
00929
CL lock unit on the
passenger's side
-F221implausible signal
Wiring or plug

on passenger's door
Resistance in the

operation
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
implausible signal
Wiring or plug

on rear left door
Resistance in the
00931
58

operation
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-
Wiring or plug

on rear right door
Resistance in the

operation
00932
Window lifter motor
driver's side -V147implausible signal
Motor defective
Wiring or plug

on driver's door
Resistance in window
lifter mechanism
Replace motor
operation
00933
Window lifter motor
front passenger side t Motor defective
V148
implausible signal
Wiring or plug
t
t
t

on passenger's door
lifter mechanism
Replace motor
operation
00934
Window lifter motor
rear left - V26
implausible signal
Motor defective
Wiring or plug

on rear left door
t Resistance in window
59
Replace motor
operation
lifter mechanism
00935
Window lifter motor
rear right - V27
implausible signal
Motor defective
Wiring or plug

on rear right door
lifter mechanism
Replace motor
operation
00936
Window lifter switch in
the front passenger
t Switch defective
door - E107
implausible signal
Wiring or plug
short-circuit to positive t
Replace switch

Read measured value block, display

00937
the rear left door - E52
t Switch defective
implausible signal
short-circuit to positive
Wiring or plug
t
Replace switch


00938
the rear right door t Switch defective
E54
implausible signal
Wiring or plug
short-circuit to positive t
00939
Motor for mirror
adjustment driver's
Motor defective
t Wiring or plug
60
Replace switch


side -V149-
t
No supply voltage on
driver's door
00940
Motor for mirror
t Motor defective
adjustment front
passenger side -V150- t Wiring or plug
t
front passenger door
Replace motor
Replace exterior mirror
00943
Heated exterior mirror t Mirror heating defective
driver's side -Z4Wiring or plug
t
t
driver's door

00944
Heated exterior mirror
Mirror heating (front

t
on front passenger
passenger side) defective
side -Z5
Wiring or plug
t

t
front passenger door
00945
Crash sensor for front
airbag -G190Short circuit to earth
Wiring or plug

The outlet can also be checked with the

final control diagnosis for airbag
Chapter
00946
Interior lamp
Short circuit to positive
Wiring or plug
t Interior light or one of the

61

Replace light
reading lights defective

00947
Switch for tailgate
remote release
Short circuit to earth
t
t
Wiring or plug
Switch defective

Replace switch
00948
Close sliding roof
signal
Wiring or plug

00949
Motor for CL tailgate
LOCK (locked)
undefined switch
status
Motor defective
Replace motor
Wiring or plug

Lock control mechanism

defective
Check lock control mechanism and

ensure smooth operation
00950
UNLOCK (unlocked)
undefined switch
status
Motor defective
Replace motor
Wiring or plug


defective

Wiring or plug

Wiring or plug

00951
Tailgate remote
release relay -J398Short circuit to positive
00952
Signal for driver's door
open
00953
62
Time limit of interior

light
undefined switch
status
t
t
Wiring or plug
Defective

Replace interior light
00954
Terminal 50 relay
t
Wiring or plug


00955
Key 1 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted
Key was operated over

t 200 times outside the
reception range
Perform adaptation Chapter
00956
Key 2 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range

00957
Key 3 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range

00958
Key 4 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range
00960
Key switch CL driver's
side
Implausible signal
t Wiring or plug
63

Switch defective
00961
Key switch CL front
passenger side
Wiring or plug
Switch defective
Bulbs defective

Replace switch
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short
circuit to positive
short circuit to earth
Wiring or plug
t Alarm horn defective
Replace light bulb

01134
Alarm horn -H12undefined switch
status
Fuse defective
Replace alarm horn

Replace fuse
Wiring or plug
t Sensor -G273- defective
Replace sensor
Check connection

01135
Sensors for interior
monitoring
Open circuit in
wiring/defective
Sensor -G273- not

installed
Wiring or plug
t

Program key again Chapter,

adaptation

01179
Key programming
wrong
01328
Convenience databus
Wiring or plug
64
t Control units defective
If the wiring is O.K. then:
Disconnect all doors and re-connect in

sequence. Pay attention to the
measured value block.
Replace the CU blocking the data bus

for convenience functions


01329
Data BUS Comfort in
emergency running
mode
Wiring or plug

sequence. Pay attention to the
measured value block.


01330
Control unit for
convenience system
defective
no communication
Fault in the
t communication cable
between CU
Perform a functional test
Check wiring between CU according to

the current flow diagram Current flow
Fitting locations
01331
Door control unit
driver's side -J386defective
no communication
t Fault in the
communication cable
65
between CU

Fitting locations
01332
Door control unit
passenger's side
-J387defective
no communication
Fault in the
between CU
Fault in the
between CU

Fitting locations
01333
Door control unit rear
left -J388defective
no communication

Fitting locations
01334
right -J389defective
no communication
Fault in the
between CU
01362
66

Fitting locations
Lock key button

tailgate -F124Short circuit to earth
Resistance in lock control

t mechanism or lock
cylinder
Replace lock cylinder

Wiring or plug
t

01389
Unlock tailgate key
button

t mechanism or lock
cylinder

Wiring or plug
t

Fault table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

Readout on -V.A.G 1552- Possible cause of fault
Rectifying fault
00000
No fault detected

completed.
65535
Wiring or plug connections

defective

according to the current flow
diagram
Terminal 15 O.K., S contact

defective

defective

00849
S contact on ignition
starter switch D
undefined switch status
67
Reading measured value block,

display group number 10 Anchor
diagram
00912
Front left window lifter
switch -E40implausible signal

defective

switch -E40- defective

switch loose

diagram
Replace front left window lifter

switch -E40-
Check the attachment of the

window lifter switch
Read measured value block,

display group number 002
Anchor
00913
Front right window lifter
switch in the driver's
door -E81implausible signal

defective


switch loose

diagram
Replace front right window lifter

switch -E81-


Anchor
00914
Rear left window lifter
door -E53implausible signal

defective


switch loose

diagram
Replacing rear left window lifter

switch


Anchor
00915
Rear right window lifter
door
-E55-

defective
t Rear right window lifter

68

diagram
implausible signal

t

switch loose
Replacing rear right window lifter

switch


Anchor
00928
CL lock unit on the
driver's side -F220implausible signal

t

defective

Anchor

No supply voltage for CL on according to the current flow
t
driver's door
diagram
wrong equipment
Resistance in the
other locking unit type

fitted 1)

Check mechanism and ensure
smooth operation
00929
CL lock unit on the
passenger's side -F221implausible signal

t

defective

Anchor

t
passenger's door
diagram
wrong equipment
Resistance in the

fitted 1)

smooth operation
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
implausible signal

t Wiring or plug connections
69

Anchor
defective
No supply voltage for CL on

rear left door
diagram
Resistance in the

smooth operation
t
1)
fitted
t
wrong equipment
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223implausible signal

t

defective

Anchor

t
rear right door
diagram
Resistance in the
wrong equipment

fitted 1)

smooth operation
00932
Window lifter motor
driver's side -V147implausible signal
no setting or incorrect
setting
Motor defective

defective

driver's door
Window lifter mechanism

stiff 2)
No initialisation for
t automatic lift/lower lift
mechanism
00933
70
Replace motor

diagram

smooth operation 2)
Carry out initialisation for
automatic lift/lower lift mechanism
Body Work Rep. gr.57
Window lifter motor front

passenger side
t Motor defective
-V148implausible signal
t
defective
setting

diagram

passenger's door

stiff 2)
mechanism
Replace motor

smooth operation 2)
00934
Window lifter motor rear
left
t Motor defective
t
defective
setting

diagram

rear left door

stiff 2)
mechanism
Replace motor

smooth operation 2)
00935
Window lifter motor rear
right - V27
t
implausible signal
setting
Motor defective

defective

rear right door

stiff 2)
mechanism
00936
71
Replace motor

diagram

smooth operation 2)

the front passenger door
t Switch defective
- E107
implausible signal 3)
t
short circuit to positive
defective
t
Switch loose
Replace switch

diagram
Check switch fastening

Anchor
00937
the rear left door - E52
t
t
t
Switch defective

defective
Switch loose
Replace switch

diagram

Anchor
00938
the rear right door - E54
t Switch defective
t
defective
t
Switch loose
Replace switch

diagram

Anchor
00939
Motor for mirror
t Motor defective
adjustment driver's side
-V149t
defective
t
driver's door
00940
72
Replace motor

diagram
Motor for mirror

adjustment front
passenger side - V150
Motor defective

defective
No supply voltage on front

passenger door
Replace motor

diagram
00943
driver's side - Z4
t Mirror heating defective

t

defective
driver's door

diagram
00944
Heated exterior mirror on Mirror heating (front
t
front passenger side -Z5- passenger side) defective
t
defective

diagram

passenger door

defective

diagram
00945
The outlet can also be checked

with the final control diagnosis for
airbag Chapter
00946
Interior light - W

defective
Interior light or one of the

00948
Close sliding roof signal

73

diagram
Replace light
defective
00949
LOCK (locked)
implausible signal
Motor defective

defective

defective
Replace motor

diagram

00950
UNLOCK (unlocked)
implausible signal
Motor defective

defective

defective
Replace motor

diagram

00952
open

defective

diagram

defective
Interior light and reading

light wrongly connected

diagram
00953
Time limit of interior light
implausible signal
Defective

diagram
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective
00955
74

diagram
Key 1 outside of
t Key not adapted
reception range
Key was operated over 200
Adaption limit exceeded
Anchor
t times outside the reception
range
00956
Key 2 outside of
t Key not adapted
reception range
t
Key
was
operated
over
200
Anchor
times outside the reception
range
00957
Key 3 outside of
t Key not adapted
reception range
t
Key
was
operated
over
200
Anchor
range
00958
Key 4 outside of
t Key not adapted
reception range
Adaption limit exceeded t Key was operated over 200
Anchor
range
01030
Lock the CL key switch
on the driver's
side

defective
Switch defective
Lock cylinder loose

Anchor
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01031
Unlock the CL key switch
on the driver's
side
Implausible signal

defective
Switch defective
Lock cylinder loose

75

Anchor
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01032
on the passenger's
side

defective
Switch defective
Lock cylinder loose

Anchor
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01033
Unlock the CL key switch
on the passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective
Switch defective
Lock cylinder loose

Anchor
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01034
Window lifter: Thermo
fuse active, driver
t

defective

loose or stiff
Resistance in window lifter

motor

defective
loose or stiff
01035
fuse active, passenger's
side
t Resistance in window lifter

76

Anchor
Check mechanism
Check window lifter motor
motor
01036
fuse active, RL
t

defective

Anchor

loose or stiff

motor

defective

loose or stiff

Anchor

motor

defective

Anchor
Check mechanism
01037
fuse active, RR
Check mechanism
01038
Central locking, thermo
fuse
t Resistance in door locks
Check door locks
01044
Control unit wrongly
coded
t another control unit fitted
t Control unit wrongly coded Check coding of the control unit

01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short circuit t Bulbs defective
to positive
77
defective
01134
Alarm horn -H12undefined switch status
t
t
Alarm horn defective

Fuse defective
Replace alarm horn

Replace fuse

defective

diagram

defective
01135
monitoring
Open circuit
t
defective
Sensor defective
t Sensor not connected
Replace sensor
Check connection

diagram
01141
Tailgate release switch
-E165Short circuit to earth

defective

-E165- defective

diagram
Replace tailgate release switch

-E165-

adaptation
01179
Key programming wrong
Key adaptation was not

carried out correctly

Anchor
01328
Convenience databus

defective

diagram
Disconnect all doors and re-
78
connect in sequence. Pay attention

to the measured value block.
Replace the CU blocking the data

bus for convenience functions

Chapter
replace relevant control unit
01329
Data BUS Comfort in
emergency running
mode

defective

diagram
Disconnect all doors and reconnect in sequence. Pay attention

to the measured value block.

Anchor
01330
Control unit for
convenience system
defective
no communication

t
No meaning
Supply voltage too great t Supply voltage not o.k.

supply voltage too small
Door control unit driver's

side -J386
defective

79
The system is in order despite the

fault entry
01331

fuses in accordance with the
current flow diagram
Check supply voltage of CU
no communication
No meaning


Check supply voltage driver's door

01332
Door control unit
passenger's side -J387defective
no communication
No meaning

fault entry

Anchor

Check supply voltage front
passenger door
01333
Door control unit rear left
-J388defective
no communication
No meaning

fault entry

Anchor
80

Check supply voltage door RL
01334
no communication
No meaning


fault entry

Anchor

Check supply voltage door RR
01358
Switch for inside locking,
driver's side -E150Implausible signal

defective


Anchor
01362
Switch for tailgate: close
-F124Short circuit to earth

defective

mechanism or lock cylinder

diagram


Anchor
81
01389
Open switch for tailgate
-F124Implausible signal

defective


diagram


Anchor
1)
A different Safe function in countries with special regulations
2)
It is possible that the door window in the window run is also stiff
3)
A fault arises if the key of the switch is pressed for longer than 5 minutes in one direction,
i.e if both signals occur simultaneously
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system), 05.01 (3rd
generation convenience system)
Readout on
-V.A.G 1552-
Rectifying fault
65535 1361)

completed.
No fault detected
65535 0001)

defective
t Control unit CL defective
Replace control unit CL
00849
starter switch D
undefined switch
status

defective
group number 010 Chapter display
field 1, 006 Chapter display field 3
t
defective

t
00912
82

t
switch
defective
-E40Front left window lifter
Replace front left window lifter switch
implausible signal
t

-E40short circuit to earth
t

switch loose
Check the attachment of the window

lifter switch
group number 002 Chapter or 001
Chapter display field 1
00913
Front right window
lifter switch in the
driver's door -E81implausible signal

defective

Replace front right window lifter

switch -E81-

switch loose

lifter switch

group number 002 Chapter or
00914
t

defective
door -E53Rear left window lifter
implausible signal
t

switch
t

switch loose

lifter switch
field 4 or Chapter display field 3
00915
Rear right window
lifter switch in the
driver's door
-E55implausible signal

defective

t Rear right window lifter

83

switch
switch loose
lifter switch

field 3 or Chapter display field 2
00928
CL lock unit driver's
side -F220implausible signal

t

defective

t
on driver's door
Resistance in the
wrong equipment

fitted 2)

operation
00929
CL lock unit front
passenger side -F221t Locking unit defective
implausible signal
t

defective

t
on passenger's door
Resistance in the
wrong equipment

fitted 2)
00930
CL lock unit
rear left -F222implausible signal

t

defective

on rear left door
t Resistance in the
84

operation
mechanism of the locking

wrong equipment

fitted 2)
00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223implausible signal

t

defective

t
on rear right door
Resistance in the
wrong equipment

fitted 2)

operation
00932
Window lifter motor
driver's side
Motor defective
Replace motor

defective

on driver's door

stiff 3)
missing or incorrectly set
t
setting
window lifter mechanism

operation 3)
Initialisation for automatic lift/lower lift

mechanism Chapter
00933
Window lifter motor
front passenger side
Motor defective
Replace motor

defective

on passenger's door

t
stiff 3)
no setting or incorrect t missing or incorrectly set
85

operation 3)
setting
00934
Window lifter motor
rear left
Motor defective
Replace window lifter motor

defective

on rear left door

stiff 3)
t
setting

operation 3)

mechanism Chapter
00935
Window lifter motor
rear right
Motor defective
Replace window lifter motor

defective

on rear right door

t
stiff 3)
t
setting

operation 3)

mechanism Chapter
00936
the front passenger
t Switch defective
Replace switch for window lifter
door -E107implausible signal4)
short circuit to positive t

defective
t
Switch loose
00937
the rear left door -E5286

implausible signal4)
t
t
t
Switch defective

defective
Switch loose

00938
the rear right door
t Switch defective
-E544)
implausible signal
short circuit to positive t

defective
t
Switch loose

field 1 or 005 Chapter display field 3
00939
Motors for mirror
adjustment driver's
side -V149-
Motor defective
Replace motors for mirror adjustment

defective
driver's door
00940
Motors for mirror
t Motor defective
Replace motors for mirror adjustment
adjustment front
passenger side -V150- t Wiring or plug connections Check wiring and plug connections
defective
t

passenger door
00941
Motor for mirror
folding driver's side
-V121-
Motor defective
Replace motor for mirror folding

defective

passenger door
00942
87
Motor for mirror

t Motor defective
Replace motor for mirror folding
folding front
passenger side -V122- t Wiring or plug connections Check wiring and plug connections
defective
t

passenger door
00943
Heated exterior mirror t Mirror heating defective

driver's side -Z4Wiring or plug connections
t
defective
t
driver's door
00944
Mirror heating (front

t
on front passenger
passenger side) defective
side -Z5
t
defective

t
passenger door
00945

defective
The outlet can also be checked with

the final control diagnosis for airbag
Chapter
00946
Interior light - W

defective

Control unit for

t convenience system
defective
00947
88
Replace light
Replace control unit for convenience

system Chapter
Switch for tailgate

remote release -E188Short circuit to earth

defective

defective
00948
Close sliding roof
signal
00949
LOCK (locked)
undefined switch
status
Motor defective
Replace motor for CL tailgate

defective

defective

00950
UNLOCK (unlocked)
undefined switch
status
Motor defective

defective

defective

defective

defective

00951
Tailgate remote
release relay -J398Short circuit to positive
00952
open
00953
light
implausible signal

89
defective
t
t
Interior light and reading

light wrongly connected
Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective
00955
Key 1
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

Chapter
00956
Key 2
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

Chapter
00957
Key 3
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

Chapter
00958
Key 4
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

Chapter
01030
on the driver's
side

defective
Chapter
t Switch defective
t
90
Lock cylinder loose
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder
01031
Unlock the CL key
switch on the driver's
side
Implausible signal

defective
Chapter
t Switch defective
Replace switch
t Lock cylinder loose
Check lock cylinder

t
01032
on the passenger's
side

defective
Chapter
t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

t
01033
Unlock the CL key
switch on the
passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective
Chapter
t Switch defective
Replace switch
Check lock cylinder

t
01034
fuse active, driver
defective
t Window lifter mechanism
Check mechanism
t
91
loose or stiff
t

motor
01035
fuse active,
passenger's side
defective
group number 006 Chapter, display
field 2 or 004 Chapter, display field
2
t
loose or stiff
Check mechanism
t
motor
t
01036
fuse active, RL
defective
t
loose or stiff
Check mechanism
t

motor
01037
fuse active, RR
defective
t
loose or stiff
Check mechanism
t

motor

defective
01038
Central locking,
thermo fuse

92
01044
coded
t Control unit wrongly coded

Check coding of the control unit
01131
Turn signal control
t
t
Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb

defective
01134
status
defective
t Alarm horn defective
Replace fuse

defective
Alarm system with its own

Check alarm system with independent
power supply defective

supply, if necessary replace
no communication
internal power supply
Fuse defective
Replace alarm horn
01135
monitoring
Open circuit
defective

defective
t Sensor defective
t
Sensor not installed
Replace sensor
Check connection
01141
-E165Short circuit to earth

defective

-E165- defective
93
Replace tailgate release switch -E165-
01179
Key programming
wrong


adaptation
Chapter
01312
Databus drive
t Databus lines defective
t Short circuit to positive
Test databus lines Electrical System

Rep. gr.90
t Short circuit to earth

01328
Convenience databus

defective

sequence. While doing so observe
measured value block

field 1
replace relevant control unit
01329
Data BUS Comfort in
emergency running
mode

defective

sequence. While doing so observe
measured value block

field 1
01330
94
Control unit for

convenience system
defective
t Supply voltage not o.k.
Check communication cable between

control units in accordance with the
current flow diagram, or replace
control unit
Supply voltage too

high
Supply voltage too low
If the communication cable between

the units or control unit is O.K.:

flow diagram
01331
Door control unit
driver's side -J386defective
no communication
Communication cable
t between the control units
or control unit defective

control unit
t
Supply voltage too

high


flow diagram
Check supply voltage driver's door

01332
Door control unit
passenger's side
95
-J387defective
no communication
Communication cable

control unit
t

Supply voltage too
high


flow diagram
Check supply voltage front passenger
door
01333
left -J388defective
no communication
Communication cable

control unit
t

Supply voltage too
high
96

01334

flow diagram
Check supply voltage door RL

no communication
Communication cable

control unit
t

Supply voltage too
high


field 3 or 012 Chapter
flow diagram
Check supply voltage door RR
01335
Seat/mirror position
control unit Driver's
side
no communication
Communication cable
t

Check or replace seat/mirror position
defective
control
t
01336
Group convenience
data bus
t Line interruption or short97

Open circuit/short-

flow diagram

circuit to earth
circuit
01340
Mirror adjustment
switch
implausible signal

defective
flow diagram
field 1
01358
Switch for inside
locking, driver's side
-E150Implausible signal

defective
flow diagram

01359
Switch for inside
locking, front
passenger's side
-E198Implausible signal

defective
flow diagram
field 4
01362
Switch for tailgate:
close -F124Short circuit to earth

defective

mechanism or lock cylinder ensure smooth operation
98

01389
Open switch for
tailgate -F124Implausible signal

defective

mechanism or lock cylinder ensure smooth operation

01483
Actuation
tailgate remote
unlocking
implausible signal

defective

defective

defective
01484
01485
Unlock the CL key
switch
1)
Index which shows the type of fault.
2)
3)
It is possible that the door window in the window run is also stiff
4)
A fault arises if the key of the switch is pressed for longer than 5 minutes in one direction,
99
i.e if both signals occur simultaneously
Actuator diagnosis
Readout on display:
Enter function 03.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

Read-out on display: (only for control unit with alarm function

Chapter, interrogate control unit version)
Alarm horn sounds.
Turn signal lights come on.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Alarm horn H12
Actuator diagnosis
->
Turn signal control
Readout on display:
Interior light comes on (in door contact
position).
Actuator diagnosis
Interior light - W
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Sliding roof closes.
Actuator diagnosis
Close sliding roof signal
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
The warning light in the door trim panel lights
up.
Actuator diagnosis
CL warning light Safe
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
The illumination for the switch in the door trim panel Actuator diagnosis
->
comes on.
Lighting/switches and instruments
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Actuator diagnosis
END
As necessary readout on display:
Press key.
100
->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Ending output Chapter.
HELP

Requirements:
t
t
t
Fault was eliminated.

Fault memory was interrogated again.
Functional test was performed.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 05.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
Vehicle system test

05 Erase fault memory
Vehicle system test

The fault memory is erased
->
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
If the following message is displayed the test sequence is Vehicle system test
HELP
incorrect:

t
interrogate the fault memory, then erase.
Select function XX
Caution!
interrogated
Ending output
Select function 06.

Vehicle system test
Q
Readout on display:
06
End
output
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
-V.A.G 1552-.
Coding control unit
101
Readout on display:
Enter function 07.
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
Help
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
Enter code number following table:
Table of codes for convenience system of 1st, 2nd and

2nd/5th generation
Code control unit

Q
Enter code number XXXXX
32767)
(0
Code number
Central locking system
1)
Individual door opening
04096
Overall opening
04097
Individual door opening1)
01024
Overall opening1)
01025
Valid for Switzerland
Table of codes for 3rd generation convenience system

Code number
Basic entry code (all vehicle equipments) Octavia
00002
Central locking without power-window lifter
00016
Central locking and electric window lifters (2 windows)
00064
00256
00000
Overall opening
00001
In order to determine the code for the convenience system, it is necessary to add further
codes to the basic entry code depending upon vehicle equipment.
Example
Should be selected: Central locking, electric window lifters (2 windows) and overall opening.
00002 + 00064 + 00001 = 00067
For all vehicles:
102
The control unit identification number Chapter, the control unit

code number and the workshop code (current versions of the
control units see Catalogue of Original Parts) are displayed.
1J0959799AH Central CU
comf.
0001 ->
Coding 04097
WSC XXXXX
If the indicated display content appears, the coding was

successful.
If the control unit rejects an entered code number the following
message will be displayed:
In this case the control unit was not coded with the data required for the
vehicle. Check whether the right control unit was fitted on the vehicle
(compare part number and character index) and whether possibly a
FAULT
->
wrong code was entered.
Coding XXXXX
not accepted
Repeat coding.
If the control unit cannot be coded (correct part number, correct code
number) the control unit must replaced with a new original part.

The measured value block is subdivided into 15 display groups. Each display group is
subdivided into max. 4 display fields.
Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

08 Read measured value block
Readout on display:
Desired display group number Chapter, Chapter, Chapter block

->
Enter display group
or Chapter. Confirm the desired display group number with
number XXX
the key Q.
Readout on display:
The meaning of the display content in the individual display fields

can be found in the test table Chapter, Chapter, Chapter or Reading measured value
block 1
->
Chapter.
1
End measured value block test:
Press key.
103
Readout on display:
Note

Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation convenience system)

Note
Proceed according to the following table to switch to another display group:

Transition in the display group
-V.A.G 1552-
-V.A.G 1551-
higher
Press - button.
Press the key 3
lower
Press - button
Press the key 1
others
Press the key C
Press the key C
Display group 001 for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation convenience system)
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Child safety catch

switch

on display
on
off
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant
not fitted
plug connections while observing the display. If the
display content does not change during testing, rectify
fault or replace the relevant component.
Lock/unlock
switch1)
(closed/opened)
Window lifter hall

signal driver's
side
Erase fault memory.

Perform a functional test.
Interrogate the fault memory again.
unlocking
locking
not
activated
implausibl
e
turns
stands
Only operational with the ignition switched on
104
1)
Not installed on Octavia
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch driver's
side
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch front
passenger side

on display
opened Visual inspection of the cable guide.
closed
not
activated plug connections while observing the display. If the
implausibl display content does not change during testing, rectify
e
opened
closed
not
activated
implausibl
e
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RR
opened
closed
not
activated
not fitted
implausibl
e
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RL
opened
closed
not
activated
not fitted
implausibl
e
Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field

on display
Key switch
driver's side

closed
Check lock mechanism.

not
activated
implausibl plug connections while observing the display. If the
e
Rotary latch
switch DD
Door open
door
Erase fault memory.

105
closed
Acknowledgeme
nt of central
locking
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgeme
nt of central
locking
safe
not safe

Displa Denomination Readout Rectifying fault
y field
on
display
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
Mirror
selection
switch
pos. /X+
pos. /Xpos. /Y+ Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug
pos. /Y- connections while observing the display. If the display
content does not change during testing, rectify fault or
replace the relevant component.
left
right
fold
down
Erase fault memory.

y field
on display
1
Window lifter
switch PS
opened
closed
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug
not
activated connections while observing the display. If the display
implausibl content does not change during testing, rectify fault or
e
Lock/unlock
button
(not installed
on Octavia)
opened
closed
not
activated
not fitted
implausibl
e
Erase fault memory.

106
Displa Denomination
y field

on display
Key switch PS
opened
Visual inspection of the cable guide
closed
not
e
Rotary latch
switch PD
Door open
door
closed
CL
locked
acknowledgeme unlocked
nt FPS
CL
acknowledgeme
nt FPS
Erase fault memory.

safe
not safe
Displa Denomination
y field

on display
Window lifter switch

in rear right door
-E54-
opened Visual inspection of the cable guide

closed
not
activated relevant plug connections while observing the
implausibl display. If the display content does not change
during testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant
e
component.
Rotary latch switch

RR
Door open
door
closed
CL
acknowledgement
RR
locked
unlocked
CL
acknowledgement
RR
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

107
Displa Denomination
y field

on display

in rear left door
-E52-

closed
not
e
component.
Rotary latch switch Door open

RL
door
closed
CL
acknowledgement
RL
locked
unlocked
CL
acknowledgement
RL
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field
Switch and
instrument lighting
rheostat -E20-
Speed signal km/h

on
display
0...100% Visual inspection of the cable guide.
(in 16
steps)
relevant plug connections while observing the
display. If the display content does not change during

testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant
component.
km/h
Remote control key

buttons (only on
control unit
with radio control
receiver and alarm
function Chapter)
41)
Interior monitoring
sensor (only on
control unit
opened
closed
HDF1)
Panic1)
Erase fault memory.

yes
no
108
with radio control

receiver and alarm
function Chapter)
1)
not fitted
Not installed on OCTAVIA.
Displa Denominati Readout Rectifying fault
y field on
on display
1
S contact
Mirror
heating
Key switch
tailgate
Ignition
activated
not
activated
connections while observing the display. If the display
on
off
Erase fault memory.
opened
closed
not
activated
implausibl
e

Terminal
15 on
Terminal
15 off
Displa Denomination
y field

on display
Engine hood and activated Visual inspection of the cable guide

radio contact
deactivate
switch
d
not
installed
Tailgate switch
Release
sliding/tilting
opened
closed
yes
Erase fault memory.

109
roof
no
Temperature
deactivation CL
yes
no
Displa Denominatio Readout Rectifying fault
y field n
on display
1
Check BUS
BUS O.K.
Visual inspection of the cable guide
BUS
N.O.K.
If there is no change, disconnect all inner door connectors

and connect them again in sequence.
Pay attention to the measured value block.
If the display content changes, the relevant control unit
must be replaced.
Front
equipment
Rear
equipment
rl.
rl + rr
rr
empty
Auxiliary
equipment
Memory
empty
Erase fault memory.

Driver These display fields only indicate what the relevant vehicle
driver + equipment looks like
passenger
passenger
empty
Here you can check, e.g. which control units are connected
to the system and which are activated or blocked
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Fixed code known (only on

control units with radio control
receiver and alarm function
Readout on
display
Rectifying fault
O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
no measured Key code is outside of reception
110
Chapter)
value
(key having
just not been
activated)
Code in reception range
O.K.
If no measured value:
N.O.K.
no measured Battery in key discharged, replace
battery
value
(key having
Remote control defective, replace
just not been
key
activated)
Algorithm
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having
just not been
activated)
range. Re-initialise radio control via

function 10 (Adaptation)
Chapter
Display Denominat Readout on Rectifying fault
field ion
display
1
Key
number
1....4
When activating a key initialised by radio control, the position

in which the key was initialised is displayed here.
If the tester displays 0 even though a radio control button
was pressed, the key must be re-initialised via adaptation
(function 10).
Display Denomination
field
Readout on Rectifying fault

display
Last alarm source (only on control units

with radio control receiver and alarm
function
Chapter)
Second last alarm source (only on

control units with radio control receiver
and alarm function
Chapter)
3. last alarm source (only on control

units with radio control receiver and
alarm function
111
Display Only the last 4 activation zones

1....65535 of the anti-theft alarm system
are displayed!
e.g. 64 = Engine hood contact

switch
(possible alarm source see table
below)
Chapter)
4
4. last alarm source (only on control

units with radio control receiver and
alarm function
Chapter)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
Tailgate contact switch
Rotary latch switch RL
Rotary latch switch RR
Rotary latch switch PD
Ignition
16
Interior monitoring
32
Engine hood contact switch
64
Rotary latch switch DD
128
No alarm
255
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

Display group 001 for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Child safety
catch switch

on display
on
off
not fitted
Lock/unlock
switch
Erase fault memory.

unlocking
locking
112
(closed /
opened)
Window lifter
hall signal
driver's side
not
activated
implausibl
e
turns
stands
Only operational with the ignition switched on.
Displa Denomination
y field
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Door switch
driver's door

on
display
autom.
opening
man.
closing
man.
opening
autom.
closing
not
activated
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch front
passenger side
autom.
opening
man.
closing
man.
opening
autom.
closing
not
activated
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RR
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RL
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated

Erase fault memory.

113
Displa Denomination
y field
1)

on display
Key switch DS

closed

not
activated
implausibl plug connections while observing the display. If the
e
Rotary latch
switch
WL thermo fuse
DS
0
1
1)
Erase fault memory.
2)
CL
locked
nt DS
CL
safe
acknowledgeme not safe
nt DS
0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)
0 = WL thermo fuse active (system disconnected)
1 = WL thermo fuse not active

y field
on
display
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
Mirror
selection
switch
not

activated
pos. X+

pos. Xcontent does not change during testing, rectify fault or
pos. /Y+
pos. /Yleft
right
Erase fault memory.

Mirror ratchet not fitted

114
control
1)
1)
Not installed on Octavia.
y field
on display
1
Window lifter
switch PS
man.

opening
man.

closing
not
activated
implausibl
e
Lock/unlock
switch 1)
not
activated
not fitted
implausibl
e
1)
Mirror ratchet
control FPS 1)
Erase fault memory.

not fitted
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Key switch PS
Rotary latch
switch FPS
/ WL thermo
fuse FPS

on display
closed
not
e
0
1
1)
Erase fault memory.
2)
CL
locked
nt FPS
CL

safe
115
acknowledgeme
nt FPS
1)
not safe
0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)

Displa Denomination
y field
1)

in rear right door
-E54-
Rotary latch switch

RR
WL thermo fuse RR

on display
man.
opening
man.
closing relevant plug connections while observing the
display. If the display content does not change
not
activated
implausibl component.
e
0
1
1)
Erase fault memory.
2)
CL
acknowledgement
RR
locked
unlocked
CL
acknowledgement
RR
safe
not safe

0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)

Displa Denomination
y field
1

in rear left door
-E52-

on display
man.
opening
man.
116
closing
not
activated
implausibl
e
2
1)
Rotary latch switch

RL
WL thermo fuse RL
0
1
1)

component.
Erase fault memory.
2)
CL
acknowledgement
RL
locked
unlocked
CL
acknowledgement
RL
safe
not safe

0 = Door closed
1 = Door opened
2)

Displa Denomination
y field
1)
Switch and
instrument
lighting rheostat
-E20-
Speed signal km/h

on display
0...100% Visual inspection of the cable guide.
(in 16
steps)
display content does not change during testing,
rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
km/h
(0-255
km/h, after
2 km/h)
2)
Remote control
key buttons 1)
0-1-0-0
Interior monitoring
sensor 1)
yes
no
not fitted
Erase fault memory.

Only for control unit with receiver for remote control and alarm function Chapter.
117
2)
Opened, closed, HDF, Panic
0 = not actuated; 1 = actuated.

y field on
on display
1
S contact
activated
not
activated
Mirror
heating
on
off
not fitted
Key switch
tailgate
opened
closed
not
activated
implausibl
e
Ignition
Erase fault memory.

Terminal
15 on
Terminal
15 off
Displa Denomination
y field

on
display
Engine hood and opened

radio contact
closed
switch
not
installed plug connections while observing the display. If the
Tailgate switch
Release
sliding/tilting
roof
opened
closed
yes
no
Erase fault memory.

118
y field n
on display
1
Check BUS
BUS O.K.
BUS
N.O.K.
Front
equipment
Rear
equipment
rl.
rl + rr
rr
empty
Auxiliary
equipment
Memory
empty
If there is no change, disconnect all inner door connectors

and connect them again in sequence.
Pay attention to the measured value block.
If the display content changes, the relevant control unit
must be replaced.
Erase fault memory.
Driver These display fields only indicate what the relevant vehicle
driver + equipment looks like
passenger
passenger
empty
Here you can check, e.g. which control units are connected
to the system and which are activated or blocked
field
1
Fixed code known
Code in reception
Readout on
display
1)
Rectifying fault
O.K.
If
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.:
Key code is outside of reception range. Reinitialise radio control via function 10
(Adaptation) Chapter
119
range
1)
1)
N.O.K.
no measured
Battery in key discharged, replace battery
value
(key having just
Remote control defective, replace key
not been
activated)
1)
Algorithm
Key number (key

having just been
activated) 1)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
0...4
When activating a key initialised by radio

control, the position in which the key was
initialised is displayed here.
If the tester displays 0 even though a radio
control button was pressed, the key must be reinitialised via adaptation (function 10).
field
Readout on
display
Voltage tml. 30
HDF switch and tailgate key

switch1)
IRUE cut-off
not intalled
on
off
CL thermo fuse DS/FPS/RL/RR/tailgate
11111
1)
2)
0 = Disconnected
Voltage V
Rectifying fault
Check voltage.
not activated
Interrogate the fault memory

again.

again.
Check wiring and plug

connections.
2)
1= Operation
120
field
1)
Last alarm source
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm
source 1)
4. last alarm
source 1)

display
1)
Display
1....65535
Only the last 4 activation zones of the anti-theft

alarm system are displayed!
e.g. 64 = Engine hood contact switch
(possible alarm source see table below)
Only for control unit with alarm function Chapter.
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
Ignition
16
Interior monitoring
32
64
128
No alarm
255
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)

Display group 001 for vehicles 08. 98 Anchor (2nd generation convenience system)
121
Display group 015 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
field
1
Last alarm source

1)
1)
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm
source 1)
4. last alarm
source 1)

display
Display
1....65535

(possible alarm sources Chapter)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
Ignition
16
Immobiliser
17
Interior monitoring
32
64
128
122
No alarm
255
Display group 016 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation convenience system)
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Immobilizer
key detection

on display
1)
yes
no
not fitted
Erase fault memory.
Adapt the ignition key to the immobilizer control unit.
1)
Automatic
lock/unlock
switch 1)
Tailgate
- Safety catch
1)
Adapt or check the immobilizer control unit.
deactivate Visual inspection of the cable guide.

d
activated

not
installed
opened

closed
not
Erase fault memory.

installed
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)

Display group 001 for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)
Displa Denomination
y field

on display
123
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Door switch
driver's door
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
WL thermo fuse
DS
yes
no
not fitted
Child safety
catch switch
on
off
not fitted

Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field
1
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch front
passenger side
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RR

on display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e

Erase fault memory.

autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
124
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
3
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RL
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
y field
on display
1
Mirror
adjustment
switch
Mirror
selection
switch
Mirror ratchet
control DS
not

activated
pos. X+
pos. X- connections while observing the display. If the display
pos. /Y+
pos. /Yleft
right
fold
together
deactivate
d
not
installed
implausibl
e
Erase fault memory.

folded
together
folded
open
not fitted
125
Mirror heating
on
off
not fitted
Displa Denomination
y field

on display
Window lifter
switch PS
autom.
opening
autom.
closing plug connections while observing the display. If the
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
Window lifter
thermo fuse
FPS
yes
no
not fitted
Mirror ratchet
control PS
folded
together
folded
open
not fitted
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Window lifter
switch in rear left
door -E52-

on display
autom. Visual inspection of the cable guide.
opening
autom.
closing plug connections while observing the display. If the
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
126
installed
implausibl
e
2
Window lifter
thermo fuse RL
yes
no
not fitted
Window lifter
switch in rear
right door -E54-
autom. Visual inspection of the cable guide.

opening
autom.

closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
Window lifter
thermo fuse RR
yes
no
not fitted
Displa Denominati
y field on
1
Voltage tml.
30
Ignition tml. 15
S contact

display
Voltage V
on

off
no
communicati plug connections while observing the display. If the
on
activated
Erase fault memory.

deactivated
no contact
Speed
signal km/h
Check voltage.
km/h
0-255
127
y field
on display
1
Key switch driver's door
locking
unlocking
not
activated
Erase fault memory.

Key switch FPS
locking
unlocking
not
activated
Lock/unlock
switch - DD
locking
unlocking
not
implausibl content does not change during testing, rectify fault or
e
Lock/unlock
switch - FPD
locking
unlocking
not
activated
implausibl
e
Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field
1
Engine hood
contact switch
Key switch
tailgate
Tailgate
contact switch

display
opened
closed
not installed Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant
no
communicati display content does not change during testing, rectify
on
locking
unlocking
not activated
implausible
opened
closed
no
communicati
on
Erase fault memory.

128
Thermo fuse
CL
yes
no
not fitted
Display field
Denomination
Readout on display
CL acknowledgement DD
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
CL acknowledgement FPD
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
CL acknowledgement RL
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
CL acknowledgement RR
locked
unlocked
safe
not fitted
Rectifying fault
Display field
Denomination
Readout on display
Rotary latch switch - DD
open
closed
open
closed
open
closed
open
closed
Rectifying fault
Displa Denomination
y field

on
display
129
Immobilizer
key detection
Automatic
lock/unlock
switch
Release
sliding/tilting
roof
Data BUS
yes

no
not fitted Check the correct fitting and tightness of the relevant plug
no
contact
opened
Erase fault memory.

closed
yes
no

Single Test databus cables Electrical System Rep. gr.90.

wire
Two-wire
Display field Denomination
Readout on display
Equipment, driver's door
01)
12)
Equipment, front passenger door
01)
12)
Equipment, door RL
01)
12)
Equipment, door RR
01)
12)
1)
No communication.
2)
Operation.
Rectifying fault
1)
Readout on display Rectifying fault
HDF switch and tailgate key switch1)
not activated
opened
closed
not installed
Illumination switche
0...100%

130
Displa Denomination
y field
1)
Fixed code known
Code in reception
range 1)
Algorithm
Key number (key

having just been
activated) 1)
Readout on
display
1)
1)
Rectifying fault
O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
no measured Key code is outside of reception range. Reinitialise radio control via function
value
10(Adaptation) Chapter.
(key having
just not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured Battery in key discharged, replace battery.
value
Remote control defective, replace key.
(key having
just not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having
just not been
activated)
0...4
When activating a key initialised by radio control,

the position in which the key was initialised is
displayed here.
control button was pressed, the key must be reinitialised via adaptation (function 10).
1
Remote control key buttons
Interior monitoring sensor
IRUE cut-off
Readout on display
01)
12)
yes
no
not fitted
on
off
131
Rectifying fault
not fitted
1)
Not actuated
2)
Actuated
field
1)
Last alarm source
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm
source 1)
4. last alarm
source 1)

display
1)
Display
1....65535

Possible alarm sources for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation convenience system)
Alarm sources
Display
16
Immobiliser - none, or wrong key
17
Interruption of the contact with the alarm system with independent supply
18
32
Ignition - tml. 15
64
Interior monitoring
128
No alarm
255
132
Adaptation
Valid for vehicles 07. 98 (1st and 2nd generation convenience system)
Channel number
Page
00 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, erase initialised keys
1)2)
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialise initialised keys
Anchor
1)2)
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is

reached 2)
Anchor
Anchor
04 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice Anchor
2)
05 - Unlock Horn tone off and on

06 - Lock Horn tone off and on
2)
Anchor
2)
Anchor
07 - Unlock Turn signal lights flash off and on

08 - Lock Turn signal lights flash off and on
1)
For vehicles 09.97.
2)
For vehicles 10.97 .
2)
2)
Anchor
Anchor
Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control

Note
t
t
t
Only on control units with radio control receiver Chapter.

If new or additional ignition keys are required they must be adapted to the control
electronics of the immobilizer and convenience system.
Always adapt all ignition keys, i.e. also the available ignition keys.
t The number of already adapted keys is displayed by selecting the function adaptation.
t
t
The adaptation can be interrupted with key C of -V.A.G 1552-.

The operating number (workshop code) of the -V.A.G 1552- is stored when adapting the
ignition keys of the immobilizer control.
Requirements:
t
All ignition keys must be available. If no old ignition key is available, see Lost key
procedure, Electrical System Rep. gr.96
Key fob with concealed secret number available. If not, see Determining the secret
number Electrical System Rep. gr.96
133
Insert the mechanically operational ignition key in the ignition lock.

Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter channel number
XX
Enter channel number 00 (all the keys are erased with channel
number 00) and confirm entry with the Q key.

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Adaptation
Initialisation values erased
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Erase initialisation values?
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter channel number
XX
Enter channel number 01 (all the keys are erased with channel
number 01) and confirm entry with the Q key.

Readout on display:
Channel 1
The top line shows how many keys need to be initialised (Standard Adaptation
= 1). Select number of the keys using the keys and . Maximum Key
1
- - number of all the initiated keys = 4.
Read-out on the display: Number of radio control
keys to be initialised.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
3
Channel 1
Adaptation
Channel 1
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 1
Key
-
Switch off ignition and withdraw ignition key.

134
1 ->
3 Q
- -
3 Q
3 ->
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Press a button once on each of the radio control keys to be

initialised (in the example above on 3 keys)
Note
All 3 keys (see example) must be initialised during a single

initialisation process.
t When adapting all keys never exceed the 30 second limit.

The ignition key adaptation is automatically terminated if:
t The number of keys to be adapted has been reached.
t
A button on a radio control key to be initialised has been

pressed more than once.
The allowed adaptation time of 30 seconds after switching on

t the ignition with the 2nd key has been exceeded (fault is
stored).
The required adaptation process is confirmed by a brief horn
tone.
Switch on ignition.
Select function 02 Interrogate fault memory. The key

adaptation has been successfully completed if no fault was
stored.
Select function 06 end output Chapter.
Perform a functional test of all radio control keys.
Auto - Lock/Unlock:The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h

is reached (activating or deactivating function)
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 3.
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Select adaptation value with the keys

and .
Readout on display:
Channel 3
Adaptation
Automatic lock/unlock off
Channel 3
Adaptation
Automatic lock/unlock on
135
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
- - -

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior
monitoring press CL-ZU twice
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 4.
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation
0 ->
Interior monitoring off - - -
Select adaptation value with the keys and
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - Channel 4
Adaptation
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Activate and deactivate the alarm when
unlocking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Press keys 0 and 5.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 5
Select adaptation value with the keys and unlocked

.
136
Adaptation
Beep off
0 ->
- - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 5
unlocked
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 5
Adaptation
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
locking
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 6.
Readout on display:
Channel 6
locked Beep
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 6
locked Beep
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Channel 6
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
Activate and deactivate the turn signal lights
when unlocking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Channel 7
137
Adaptation
0 ->

and .
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
unlocked
Channel 7
unlocked
Flashing
off
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
when locking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 8.
Readout on display:
Channel 8
Select adaptation value with the keys and locked
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - Channel 8
Adaptation
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Adaptation for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th and 3rd
generation convenience system)
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Channel number
Page
Anch
or
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialising new keys
Anch
138
or
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of more than 15 km/h Anch
is reached
or
04 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the ignition key is removed Anch
from the ignition lock
or
05 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice 2) Anch
or
Anch
or
Anch
or
Anch
or
Anch
or
10 - Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the event of an alarm Anch
in compliance with the applicable country legislation
or

Perform a new key adaptation if the remote control has been pressed 200 times outside the
reception range, or if a new key is added to the key set:
1. - using an adapted ignition key
2. - using vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552Adaptation using an initialised (adapted) ignition key
Insert the mechanically operational (adapted) ignition key in the ignition lock.
Switch on ignition.
Using the new key (to be initialised) mechanically lock the vehicle (e.g. the driver's door)
and subsequently press one of the radio buttons on the key.
Press the radio button repeatedly after an interval of more than one second (end key
initialisation).
The required adaptation process is confirmed by a brief horn tone.

Note
electronics of the immobilizer.
Adaptation with vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552139
Note
t
t
t
Only on control units with radio control receiver Chapter.

electronics of the immobilizer and convenience system Electrical System, Rep. Gr. 96.
Always adapt all ignition keys, i.e. also the available ignition keys.
t The number of already adapted keys is displayed by selecting the function adaptation.
t
t
The adaptation can be interrupted with key C of -V.A.G 1552-.

The operating number (workshop code) of the -V.A.G 1552- is stored when adapting the
Requirements:
t

Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 0 (all the keys are erased with channel
number 00).
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Adaptation
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Vehicle system test
140
->
HELP
10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 1 (all the keys are erased with channel
number 01).
Readout on display:
The top line shows how many keys need to be initialised (Standard Channel 1
= 1). Select number of the keys using the keys and . Maximum Adaptation
Key
number of all the initiated keys = 4.
1
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 1
Key
-
Channel 1
Adaptation
3 Q
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX



t the number of keys to be adapted has been reached.
t
3 Q
- -
3 ->
Note
Adaptation
3
Channel 1
Adaptation
Readout on display:
- - -
Press key.

1 ->
a button on a radio control key to be initialised has been

the allowed adaptation time of 30 seconds after switching on

stored).
The required adaptation process is confirmed by a brief horn
tone.
141

stored.

Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 3.
Readout on display:
and .
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
- - 1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX
Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the

ignition key is removed from the ignition lock
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 4.
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Select adaptation value with the keys and Auto-Unlock
.
Readout on display:
Channel 4
142
Adaptation
off
Adaptation
1 Q
0 ->
- - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Auto-Unlock
on
- - -
Channel 4
Adaptation
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 5.
Readout on display:
Channel 5
Adaptation
0 ->
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - Channel 5
Adaptation
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
unlocking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Press keys 0 and 6.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
143
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 6
unlocked
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Channel 6
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
locking
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 7
locked Beep
Channel 7
locked Beep
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
when unlocking
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Press keys 0 and 8.

144
Readout on display:

and .
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 8
unlocked
Channel 8
unlocked
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
when locking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 9.
Readout on display:
Channel 9
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Channel 9
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - Channel 9
Adaptation
Channel 9
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the
event of an alarm in compliance with the applicable country
legislation
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
145
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 1 and 0.
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
1 ->
Alarm horn
rest of Europe - -
Select adaptation value with the keys Setting
and .
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
2 Q
Setting
Alarm horn
Germany - - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
3 Q
Setting
Siren in Great Britain - - Channel 10
Adaptation
Channel 10
Adaptation
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
146
3 ->
HELP
3 Q
Self-diagnosis for central locking

The central locking comprises the electric equipment in the doors:

t electrical central locking system with SAFE function
It also comprises other systems in the vehicle:
t
Cut-off delay for interior lamp
Monitoring and disconnection of all interior and luggage compartment lights as a battery discharge
t
protection
t Sliding roof closing function via outside closing command
t
Radio control for anti-theft alarm system
The vehicles can be equipped with different types of central lockings. Individual types differ by:
t
Actuation
t Parts (control units, key pads, electrical installations etc.)
t
inner function of the control units
t
Diagnostic
WARNING
When exchanging the parts pay attention not to interchange them, see Catalogue of Original Parts!
WARNING
Subsequently only electrical and electronic systems approved by the company koda a.s. can be installed!
Operation
The central locking control unit -J110- is located in the dash panel. It is equipped with a fault memory. The
connection for the self-diagnosis is located below the storage compartment under the steering column.
The control unit detects faults and malfunctions and stores them in the permanent memory.
Initiate self-diagnosis at the start of fault finding and retrieve the stored information using the vehicle
system tester -V.A.G 1552- oder -V.A.G 1551-.
Note
The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the program card
6.0.
The use of vehicle diagnosis, measurement and information system V.A.S 5051 or fault read-out scan tool
t -V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is almost identical except for specific deviations (e.g. other display,
possibility of using a printer).
The displayed fault messages refer to a fault table including indications on the possible causes as well as
targeted repairs.
Faults due to a temporary line interruption or loose contact are also stored. These faults are displayed as
sporadic faults SP. If faults, displayed in this way, do not occur within 2 minutes after switching on the
ignition 50x, they are automatically erased from the fault memory.
Function indicator
The optical Safe function indicator is a LED mounted in the door molding of the driver's door.
t
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the central
locking control unit -J110147
Special tools, test equipment as well as aids required

t
t
Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3C-
Test requirements:
t
t
All fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow diagram.

Battery voltage at least 9 V.

connect up vehicle
system tester
appropriate cable.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Enter address word 35 central
locking.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

35 Central locking
HELP
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test


t
Vehicle system test

HELP
The control unit does
not respond!
Vehicle system test

HELP
Malfunctions occurred at the start of or during the program Vehicle system test
->
148

unit
Check diagnostic connection as well as voltage supply.
After removing the possible fault causes re-enter address

word 35 for central locking and confirm entry with key Q.
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication setup
Read-out on display after entering address word 35: Vehicle system test
The display shows the control unit identification number, e.g.: or

1J0 962 258 Central
further displays interrogate control unit version, page
locking
V34 ->
Chapter.
Coding 04097
WSCXXXXX
Press key.
Readout on display:
Note
The ignition can be switched off after communication

has been established.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX

Page
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
06 - End output
Chapter
Chapter
Chapter
10 - Adaptation
Chapter

The vehicles are equipped with different types of generations of the central locking control
units, which differ from each other by error messages, measured value blocks and
adaptation. In order to determine the type (generation) of the central locking, first of all the
control unit identification number of the part at the vehicle system tester must be read and
this control unit must then be selected in the overview of the control units Chapter. Here
the running date of the production and the row number generation are indicated. This
information determines the further procedure of the repair.
149
locking control unit Chapter.

Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 01.
HELP
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Q
The display shows the control unit identification number, e.g.

1J0 962 258
or other displays Chapter, overview of the control units.
V34 ->
Central locking
Coding 04097
WSCXXXXX
Press key.
Readout on display:
t
1J0 962 258 = Part no. of the control

unit
t Central locking = System designation

t
V34 = Program status number
Coding 04097 = Coding variant
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
WSC = Workshop code
Overview of all the central locking control units according to running date and generation
Valid for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)

Control unit part No. Program number Control unit function
1J0 962 258 1)
V34
1)
1J0 962 258 A
V34
Control unit with receiver for remote control and alarm function
1)

Valid for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation central locking)
Control unit part Program
No.
number
1)
1C0 962 258D 03 0001
Control unit without radio control and alarm function,
Limousine
1C0 962 258E 05 1) 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm function,
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258E 06 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm function,
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258D 06 0001
Combi
1C0 962 258E 0D 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm function,
1)
Combi
1C0 962 258E OE 0001
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm function,
1)
Combi
1)

150
Valid for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)

Control unit part No. Program
number
1C0 962 258J 06 1) 0002
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258G 0J
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control; without alarm function
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258N 0J
0002
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258G 0K
0002
Control unit with receiver for remote control and with alarm function
(without interior monitoring)
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258N 0K
0002
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258G 0L
0002
(with interior monitoring)
Limousine
1)
1C0 962 258N 0L
0002
Limousine
1)2)
1C0 962 258G 0M 0002
(with interior monitoring), with alarm system with independent
power supply
Limousine
1)2)
1C0 962 258N 0M 0002
power supply
Limousine, RHD
1)
1C0 962 258J 07
0002
Combi
1C0 962 258G 0N 1) 0002
Combi
1)
1C0 962 258N 0N
0002
Combi
1)
1C0 962 258G 0P
0002
Combi
1)
1C0 962 258N 0P
0002
Combi
1)
1C0 962 258G 0Q
0002
Combi
1)
1C0 962 258N 0Q
0002
Combi
1)2)
1C0 962 258G 0R
0002
power supply
Combi
151
1C0 962 258N 0R 1)2) 0002
1C0 962 258 J 08 1)3) 0002

1C0 962 258 N 0S 1)3) 0002
1C0 962 258 N 0T 1)3) 0002
1C0 962 258 N 0U
0002
1)3)
1C0 962 258 N 0V
0002
1)2)3)
1C0 962 258 J 09 1)3) 0002

1C0 962 258 N 0W
0002
1)3)
1C0 962 258 N 0X
0002
1)3)
1C0 962 258 N 0Y 1)3) 0002
1C0 962 258 N 0Z
0002
1)2)3)
1C0 962 258 N 1P 1)3) 0002
1C0 962 258 N 1Q

1)3)
0002
power supply
Combi, RHD
Limousine
Limousine
Limousine
Limousine
power supply
Limousine, RHD
Combi
Combi
Combi
Combi
power supply
Combi, RHD
power supply
Limousine
power supply
Combi
1)

Design for Great Britain
3)
Design with tilting roof Webasto
Valid for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)
Central control Code number Vehicle type and Control unit function
unit part no.1)
of the
steering
equipment
1C0 962 258 AA
18
Limousine/L Control unit without radio control and alarm function,
19
Limousine/R dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
2)
152
1C0 962 258 AB
1C0 962 258 AC
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
1D
Combi/L
Combi/R
Limousine/L
Limousine/R
Combi/L
Combi/R
Limousine/R
1F
1G
1H
1J
1K
1J
Combi/R
Limousine
Combi
Limousine
Combi
Limousine
1K
1L
1M
1N
1P
1M
Combi
Limousine/L
Limousine/R
Combi/L
Combi/R
Limousine/R
1P
1Q
1R
1S
1T
1R
Combi/R
Limousine/L
Limousine/R
Combi/L
Combi/R
Limousine/R
1T
Combi/R
2)
1C0 962 258 AA

1C0 962 258 AB
1C0 962 258 AC
2)
1C0 962 258 AB
1C0 962 258 AC

2)
1C0 962 258 AB
1C0 962 258 AC

2)
1)
2)
Control unit with radio control and without alarm

function, dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
Control unit with radio control (315 MHz) and without

alarm function, dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
Control unit with radio control, without alarm function,
Control unit with radio control (315 MHz), without
alarm function, dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
Control unit with radio control, with alarm function,
Control unit with radio control (315 MHz), with alarm

function, dash panel insert without CAN BUS line
Control unit with radio control, with alarm function,
dash panel insert with CAN BUS line
Control unit with radio control (315 MHz), with alarm

function, dash panel insert with CAN BUS line

Design for Singapore
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test


153
X faults detected!
->
Press the button to display the stored faults consecutively.

Fault cause and fault removal Chapter, Chapter or
Chapter.
Note
t
t
t
1. Remove fault.
t 3. Perform a functional test of the central locking.

No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears in the display: Operating
instructions for vehicle system tester.
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Switch off ignition and disconnected vehicle system

tester.
Fault table for vehicles 09.97 (1st generation central locking)

Note
Below is a list of all possible faults detected by the central locking control unit -J110- and
displayed on -V.A.G 1552-, arranged according to their 5-digit fault code.
Before replacing components found to be defective first check the wiring and plug
t connections to these components as well as the earth cables according to the current flow
diagram.
t
t
t
Check tight fit of all the plug connections on the relay plate.
The fault table may also display the fault type.
Readout on
-V.A.G 1552-
00000
no fault detected

completed.
154
Rectifying fault
65535

defective

diagram
00668
El. syst. voltage tml. 30
Signal too low
Battery discharged

defective

defective

defective
Charging battery

diagram
00849
S contact
Undefined switch
status


diagram
00928
side -F220Implausible signal
t Locking unit -F220- defective

t

defective

driver's door

door locks in accordance with the
Resistance in the mechanism Check mechanism and ensure
t of the locking unit and

smooth operation
control elements

00929
CL lock unit front
passenger side -F221t Locking unit -F221- defective
Implausible signal
t

defective

passenger's door
155


smooth operation
control elements

00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
Implausible signal
Locking unit -F 222defective

defective

rear left door

diagram

smooth operation
Resistance in the mechanism

control elements

00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-
t Locking unit -F223- defective

t

defective

rear right door

diagram

smooth operation
control elements

00945

defective

diagram
00946
156

Chapter
Interior lamp

defective


Replace light
00947
Switch for tailgate
remote release
t
t

defective
Switch defective

diagram
Replace switch
00949
LOCK - V 53
(locked)
Undefined switch
status

defective

defective

defective

defective

diagram

00950
UNLOCK - V 53
(unlocked)
Undefined switch
status

defective

defective

defective

diagram

00951
Tailgate remote release
relay -J398Short circuit to positive
00953
157

diagram
light
Undefined switch
status
t
t

defective
Defective

diagram
00954
Terminal 50 relay

defective

diagram
00955
Key 1 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

00956
Key 2 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

00957
Key 3 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

00958
Key 4 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

00960
Key switch CL driver's
side
Implausible signal

defective
158

Switch defective
diagram
Replace switch
00961
Key switch CL front
passenger side
t
t

defective
Switch defective

diagram
Replace switch
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short
circuit to positive
t
t
Bulbs defective

defective
Replace light bulb

diagram
01134
Alarm horn -H12Undefined switch
status
t
t
t
Alarm horn defective

Fuse defective

defective
Replace alarm horn

Replace fuse

diagram
01135
Interior monitoring
sensor 1)
Open circuit in
wiring/defective
t Sensor -G273- not installed

defective
01179
159
Replace sensor
Check connection

diagram
Key programming
wrong

adaptation
01356
Signal: close all
windows and sliding
roof 2)

defective
Sliding roof motor -V1defective


defective

diagram
Replace sliding roof motor -V1-
01362
Lock key button




01389
Unlock key button


defective
160



1)
not installed on vehicles OCTAVIA.
2)
only the close sliding roof signal is used for OCTAVIA
Fault table for vehicles 10.97 (2nd generation central locking)

Readout on
-V.A.G 1552-
Rectifying fault
00000
no fault detected

completed.
65535

defective

00668
30
Signal too low
Battery discharged
Charging battery

defective


defective


defective

Locking unit -F220defective
00849
starter switch -D
Undefined switch
status
00928
wrong equipment

defective

driver's door
Resistance in the
161

smooth operation
other locking unit type fitted
1)
00929
CL lock unit front
passenger side -F221Locking unit -F221Implausible signal
t
defective
t
defective
t
wrong equipment

passenger's door
Resistance in the
t

1)


smooth operation

00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
Implausible signal
t
t
t
wrong equipment
Locking unit defective (F

222)
defective
rear left door
Resistance in the
t
1)

defective
t Resistance in the
162


smooth operation

00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223-
mechanism of the locking

wrong equipment
t

1)
00945

defective

Chapter
00946
Interior light - W
Short circuit to
positive

defective


Replace light


00948
Signal: Close sliding
roof
Short circuit to
positive

defective

defective
00949
-V53LOCK
(locked)
Undefined switch
status
Implausible signal

defective

t
defective
00950
t Motor for CL tailgate

163


-V53-UNLOCK
(unlocked)
Undefined switch
status
defective
t

defective

defective

defective
Rotary latch switch

defective
00952
Signal for driver's
door open
Short circuit to
positive



00953
light
Undefined switch
status
Implausible signal
t
t

defective
Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay
Short circuit to
positive

defective


00955
Key 1 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range
00956
Key 2 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range
00957
Key 3 outside of
Key not adapted

164

reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded

range
00958
Key 4 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

range

defective

01030
on the driver's
side
t Push-button defective
Lock cylinder loose

Replace button
Check lock cylinder
01031
Unlock the CL key
side
Implausible signal

defective
Lock cylinder loose

Replace button
Check lock cylinder
01032
on the passenger's
side

defective
Lock cylinder loose
01033
Unlock the CL key
switch on the
165

Replace button
Check lock cylinder
passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective
Lock cylinder loose

Replace button
Check lock cylinder
01038
Central locking,
thermo fuse
t

defective

Check door locks
t Control unit wrongly coded
01044
coded
01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short
circuit to positive
Bulbs defective
defective
t Alarm horn -H12- defective
Replace light bulb

01134
status
Fuse defective
defective
01135
Sensor for interior
monitoring
Open circuit
t Sensor -G273- not installed

166
Replace alarm horn -H12Replace fuse

defective
defective
01141
-E165implausible signal

defective

-E165- defective

Replace tailgate release switch
-E165-


adaptation

01179
Key programming
wrong
01330
Control unit for
convenience system
defective

Supply voltage too

high
Supply voltage too
low
No meaning
01362


167

no communication

flow diagram
defective
t Switch for tailgate defective
Check switch for tailgate, if

necessary replace

01389
Implausible signal


defective
t Switch for tailgate defective
1)


group number 006 Chapter
Check switch for tailgate, if

necessary replace
Fault table for vehicles 08.98 (2nd/5th generation central locking), 05.01 (3rd generation
central locking)
Readout on
-V.A.G 155265535 136
1)
Rectifying fault

completed.
No fault detected
65535 000
1)

defective

00668
30
Signal too low
Battery discharged

168
defective
Signal too high
Voltage regulator
defective
t AC generator defective
Check AC generator and voltage

regulator
field 1 or 006 Anchor, display field 1
00849
Terminal 15 O.K., S contact Read measured value block, display
t
starter switch -D
defective
Undefined switch
status
t
defective

00928
wrong equipment

defective

on driver's door
Resistance in the
t

fitted 2)
00929
CL lock unit front
passenger side
-F221-

defective
Implausible signal
wrong equipment
t other locking unit type

169

operation
Anchor, display field 1
fitted
2)
00930
CL lock unit
rear left - F 222
Implausible signal
Locking unit defective (F

222)

t
defective
t
wrong equipment

on rear left door

operation
Resistance in the

fitted 2)

00931
CL lock unit
rear right -F223Implausible signal
t
t
wrong equipment

defective
on rear right door

operation
Resistance in the

fitted 2)

defective

00945
The outlet can also be checked with the

final control diagnosis for airbag
Chapter
00946
Interior light - W
170
Short circuit to
positive

defective
t
Replace light
t

Anchor
00948
Signal: Close sliding
roof
Short circuit to
positive

defective
00949
t
-V53- LOCK
defective
(locked)

t
defective
Undefined switch
status
t
defective
00950
t
-V53-UNLOCK
defective
(unlocked)

t
defective
Undefined switch
status
t
defective
00952
Signal for driver's
door open
Short circuit to
positive

defective
Rotary latch switch

defective

171
Anchor
00953
light
Undefined switch
status
Implausible signal
t
t

defective
Defective
00954
Terminal 50 relay
Short circuit to
positive

defective
00955
Key 1 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range

Anchor
00956
Key 2 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range

Anchor
00957
Key 3 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range

Anchor
00958
Key 4 outside of
reception range
Adaption limit
exceeded
Key not adapted

reception range
01030
Lock the CL key
side
172

Anchor

defective
Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

t
01031
Unlock the CL key
side
Implausible signal

defective
Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

t
01032
Lock the CL key
switch on the
passenger's
side

defective
Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

t
01033
Unlock the CL key
switch on the
passenger's
side
Implausible signal

defective
Anchor
Replace button
Check lock cylinder

t
01038
Central locking,
thermo fuse
173

defective
Check door locks

t
01044
coded
t

coded

01131
Turn signal control
Open circuit/short
circuit to positive
Bulbs defective
Replace light bulb

defective
undefined switch
status
Alarm horn -H12defective
defective
Fuse defective
no communication
internal power supply
Alarm system with its own

t
power supply defective

01134
Alarm horn -H12-

defective
Replace alarm horn -H12Replace fuse

Check alarm system with independent

supply, if necessary replace
01135
Sensor for interior
monitoring
Open circuit
defective
t
t
Sensor -G273- not

installed

defective

01141
174
Check connection
Replace sensor
Tailgate release
switch -E165implausible signal

defective

-E165- defective
Replace tailgate release switch -E165-


Anchor
01179
Key programming
wrong
Program key again Chapter

Anchor
01355
Signal close all
windows 3)
Short circuit to
positive

defective
flow diagram
Lock control mechanism or
t
lock cylinder loose or stiff

t
01356
Signal close all
windows and STR
3)

defective
flow diagram
Lock control mechanism or
t
lock cylinder loose or stiff

t
Short circuit to
positive
01362

t mechanism or lock
cylinder
t


defective
175
Switch for tailgate

defective

Anchor
Check switch for tailgate, if necessary

replace

01389
Implausible signal
t mechanism or lock
cylinder

defective

Switch for tailgate
t
defective
Anchor
t
Check switch for tailgate, if necessary

replace
1)
Index which shows the type of fault
2)
3)
Not installed on Octavia
Actuator diagnosis
Readout on display:
Enter function 03.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

03 Actuator diagnosis

Press key.
176
HELP

Turn signal lights come on.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Turn signal control
Press key.
Readout on display:
Interior light comes on (in door contact
position).
Actuator diagnosis
Interior light - W
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Electrical window control is not available for this
equipment.
Actuator diagnosis
Signal, open all windows
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Sliding roof closes (if present). Electrical window control
is not available for this equipment.
Press key.
Actuator diagnosis
->
Signal close all windows and
sliding roof
Readout on display:
The warning light in the door trim panel lights
up.
Press key.
Readout on display:
Press key.
Actuator diagnosis
END
Function unknown or cannot
be carried out at the moment
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX

Requirements:
t
t
t
->
Press key.
Readout on display:
Actuator diagnosis
CL warning light Safe
Fault was eliminated.

Fault memory was interrogated again.
Functional test was performed.
177
->
->
HELP
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 05.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
HELP
Vehicle system test

05 Erase fault memory
Vehicle system test

The fault memory is erased
->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
Note
HELP
If the following message is displayed the test sequence is Vehicle system test
HELP
incorrect:
Select function XX
Caution!
interrogated

t
interrogate the fault memory, then erase.
Ending output
Select function 06.

Vehicle system
Readout on display:
06 End output
Readout on display:
-V.A.G 1552-.
test
Vehicle system test

HELP
Coding control unit
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and enter address word for central locking
system Chapter.
Readout on display:
Enter function 07.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

07 Coding control unit
HELP
Readout on display:
Enter code number following table:
Table of codes for central locking of 1st, 2nd and 2nd/5th
generation
Coding control unit

Enter code number XXXXX
Code number
178
04096
Overall opening
04097
Table of codes for central locking of 3rd generation

Code number
Basic code number (for all equipments) Octavia
00002
Central locking without power-window lifter
00016
00064
00256
00000
Overall opening
00001
Further code numbers must be added to the basic code number according to vehicle
equipment in order to obtain the final code numer.
Example
Should be selected: Central locking without electric window lifter with overall opening
00002 + 00016 + 00001 = 00019
For all vehicles
The control unit identification number, the code number and

1J0 962 258 Central locking
the workshop code are displayed, e.g.:
If the indicated display content appears, the coding was
successful.
V 34 ->
Coding 04097
WSC 12345
If the control unit rejects an entered code number the following

message will be displayed:
In this case the control unit was not coded with the data required for
the vehicle. Check whether the right control unit was fitted on the
vehicle (compare part number and character index) and whether
possibly a wrong code was entered.
Repeat coding.
If the control unit cannot be coded (correct control unit, correct code
number) the control unit is defective.
End funtion:
179
Fault
->
Coding XXXXX not
accepted
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Select function 06.
HELP

Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

06 End output
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

The measured value block is subdivided into 9 up to 16 display groups (according to the
generation of the central locking). Each display group is subdivided into max. 4 display
fields.
system Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

08 Read measured value block
Readout on display:
HELP
Select desired display group number Chapter, Chapter,

Chapter or Chapter and confirm entry with key Q.

->
Enter display group number
XXX
Readout on display:
The breakdown of the display contents in the individual display
fields is available in the test table. Test table Chapter, Chapter,
Chapter or Chapter.
In order to display further measured value blocks:
C Press key, select desired display group number and confirm

entry with key Q.

block 1
->
1
2
3
4
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Note
180

Test table for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)

Note

-V.A.G 1552-
-V.A.G 1551-
higher
Press - button.
Press the key 3
lower
Press - button
Press the key 1
others
Press the key C
Press the key C
Display group number 001 for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)
Displa Denomination
y field
1)
Key switch driver's

door
Lock/unlock switch

on display
closed

not
activated Check the correct fitting and tightness of the
implausibl relevant plug connections while observing the
e
during activation, rectify fault or replace the
relevant component.
1)
not
activated
Acknowledgement driver's door
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgement driver's door, SAFE

funktion activated
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

not installed on OCTAVIA
Displa Denomination
y field

on display
181
Key switch front

passenger door
Lock/unlock switch
Acknowledgement front passenger door
1)

closed
not
e
relevant component.
not
Erase fault memory.

activated
1)
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgement front passenger door,

SAFE funktion activated

safe
not safe
Display group number 003

Displa Denomination
y field
Acknowledgement Door RR

on
display
locked
unlocked



relevant component.
2
Acknowledgement door RR
SAFE funktion
activated
safe
not safe
Acknowledgement Door RL
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgement door RL, SAFE

funktion activated
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.


y field on
on
182
display
1
Door switch
- FL
Door
open
door
closed
Door switch
- FR
Door
open
door
closed
Tailgate
switch

connections while observing the display. If the display content
does not change during activation, rectify fault or replace the
relevant component.
Erase fault memory.

Door
open
door
closed

Displa Denomination
y field
Temperature
deactivation CL
Speed signal
1)

on
display
yes
no
km/h

display content does not change during activation, rectify
Remote control
key buttons 1)
(electric
opening of the
tailgate
and calling up
the alarm
function)
Interior
monitoring
sensor 1)
off
on
HDF
PANIC
yes
no
not fitted
Erase fault memory.

Erase fault memory.
Interrogate the fault memory again. If the display content
does not change during activation, rectify fault or replace
the relevant component.
Erase fault memory.

183
1)

y field n
on display
1
S contact
actuated
not
actuated
content does not change during activation, rectify fault or
Key number
14
1)
1)
Key switch tailgate
Ignition
Erase fault memory.


-10-.
opened
closed
not
implausibl content does not change during activation, rectify fault or
e
Terminal
15 on
Terminal
15 off
Erase fault memory.

for alarm system, only for control unit 1J0 962 258A

Displa Denomination
y field
1
Engine
hood/radio
contact switch

on display
1)
activated Visual inspection of the cable guide.

deactivate
d
not
display content does not change during activation,
installed
rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
184
Tailgate contact
switch
open
closed
Sliding/tilting
roof locked
yes
no
All windows
opened 2)
yes
no
Erase fault memory.

Erase fault memory.
1)
2)

field
Rectifying fault
Fixed code
known 1)
O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
Code in
reception range
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured Battery in key discharged, replace battery
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
1)
1)
Readout on
display
Algorithm
1)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
field
1
Last alarm source

display
1)
Display

185
1....65535
1)
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm
source 1)
4. last alarm
source 1)

(possible alarm sources see table below)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 09. 97 (1st generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
Door switch RR
Door switch RL
Door switch FR
Ignition tml. 15
16
1)
32
64
Rotary latch switch FL
1)
128
Test table for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation convenience system)

Display group number 001 for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation central locking)
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Key switch driver's

door

on display
closed

not
activated Check the correct fitting and tightness of the
implausibl relevant plug connections while observing the
e
relevant component.
186
1)
Lock/unlock switch
1)
not
activated
Acknowledgement driver's door
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgement driver's door, SAFE

funktion activated
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

Not installed on OCTAVIA
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Key switch front

passenger door
Lock/unlock switch
Acknowledgement front passenger door
1)

on display
closed
not
e
relevant component.
not
Erase fault memory.

activated
1)
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgement front passenger door,

SAFE funktion activated

safe
not safe
Displa Denomination
y field
Acknowledgement Door RR

on
display
locked
unlocked


187
relevant component.
2
Acknowledgement door RR
SAFE funktion
activated
safe
not safe
Acknowledgement Door RL
locked
unlocked
Acknowledgement door RL, SAFE

funktion activated
safe
not safe
Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field

on
display
Door switch driver's door
Door
open
door
closed plug connections while observing the display. If the
Door switch front passenger

door
Door
open
door
closed
Door switch RL, RR
Erase fault memory.

Door
open
door
closed
Displa Denomination
y field
Temperature
deactivation
CL
Speed signal
1)

on
display
yes
no
km/h

Erase fault memory.
188
Remote control 0-0-0-0

key buttons
Interior
monitoring
sensor

2)
1)
yes
no
not fitted
1)
Only for control unit with remote control and alarm function Chapter.
2)
Opened, closed, HDF, Panic
0 = not actuated; 1 = actuated.

y field n
on display
1
S contact
actuated
not
actuated
Key number
1)
Key switch tailgate
Ignition
14
Erase fault memory.


-10-.
opened
closed
not
implausibl content does not change during activation, rectify fault or
e
Terminal
15 on
Terminal
Erase fault memory.

189
15 off
1)
Displa Denomination
y field
Engine
hood/radio
contact switch

on
display
1)
opened
closed
not
installed plug connections while observing the display. If the
Tailgate contact
switch
Close all
windows and
sliding roof
All windows
opened 2)
open
closed
Erase fault memory.

yes
no
yes
no
not
actuated.
1)
Only for control unit with remote control and alarm function Chapter
2)
field
1)
Voltage tml. 30
HDF switch and tailgate handle

switch 1)
IRUE cut-off
Readout on
display
Voltage V
Rectifying fault
Check voltage.
not activated
not intalled
on
off

again.
190
field
Rectifying fault
Fixed code
known 1)
O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
Code in
reception range
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured Battery in key discharged, replace battery
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
1)
1)
Readout on
display
Algorithm
1)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having just
not been
activated)
field
1)
Last alarm source
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm
source 1)
4. last alarm
source 1)

display
1)
Display
1....65535

(possible alarm sources Anchor)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 10. 97 (2nd generation central locking)
191
Alarm sources
Display
Interior monitoring
Ignition tml. 15
16
Door switch RR, RL
32
Door switch front passenger
64
Door switch driver
128
No alarm
255
Test table for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)

Display group number 001 for vehicles 08. 98 Anchor (2nd generation central locking)
Display group number 010 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)
1Last alarm source
1)
2Second last alarm

source 1)
Display
1....65535
Only the last 4 activation zones of the anti-theft alarm

system are displayed!
(possible alarm sources Anchor)
33. last alarm source

1)
44. last alarm source

1)
192
1)
Possible alarm sources for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
Not fitted
Interior monitoring
Ignition tml. 15
16
Door switch RR, RL
32
Rotary latch switch front passenger
64
Door switch driver
128
No alarm
255
Display group number 011 for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central locking)
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Immobilizer
key detection

on display
1)
yes
no
not fitted
Automatic
lock/unlock
switch 1)
Tailgate
- Safety catch
1)
Erase fault memory.
Adapt the ignition key to the control electronics of the

immobilizer.
Check the control electronics of the immobilizer or

adapt.
deactivate Visual inspection of the cable guide.

d
activated
not
installed
opened

closed
not
Erase fault memory.

193
installed
1)
Test table for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)

Display group number 001 for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Door switch
driver's door

on display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
WL thermo fuse
DS
yes
no
not fitted
Child safety
catch switch
on
off
not fitted

Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field

on display
194
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch front
passenger side
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RR
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
Central switch
for window lifter
-E189Switch RL
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e

Erase fault memory.

y field
on display
1
Mirror
deactivate

195
adjustment
switch
d
pos. X+
pos. /Xpos. /Y+ connections while observing the display. If the display
pos. /Yreplace the relevant component.
not
installed
implausibl
e
Mirror
selection
switch
left
right
fold
together
deactivate
d
not
installed
implausibl
e
Mirror ratchet
control DS
folded
together
folded
open
not fitted
Mirror heating
on
off
not fitted
Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field
1
Window lifter
switch PS

on display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
196
Window lifter
thermo fuse
FPS
yes

no
not fitted
Erase fault memory.
Mirror ratchet
control PS
folded
together
folded
open
not fitted
Displa Denomination
y field
1
Window lifter
switch in rear left
door -E52-

on display
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
Window lifter
thermo fuse RL
yes
no
not fitted
Window lifter
switch in rear
right door -E54-
autom.
opening
autom.
closing
man.
opening
man.
closing
not

Erase fault memory.

197
activated
not
installed
implausibl
e
4
Window lifter
thermo fuse RR
yes
no
not fitted
Displa Denominati Readout on Rectifying fault
y field on
display
1
Voltage tml.
30
Ignition tml. 15
S contact
Speed
signal km/h
xx.x V
Check voltage.
term. 15
on
term. 15
off
no contact content does not change during testing, rectify fault or
activated
Erase fault memory.

deactivate
d

no contact

0-255
km/h
y field
on display
1
Key switch driver's door
Key switch FPS
locking
unlocking
not

activated
locking
unlocking
Erase fault memory.

not
activated
Lock/unlock
locking
198
switch - DD
unlocking
not
activated
implausibl
e
Lock/unlock
switch - FPD
locking
unlocking
not
activated
implausibl
e
y field
on display
1
Engine hood
contact switch
Key switch
tailgate
Tailgate
contact switch
Thermo fuse
CL
open

close
not fitted
no contact plug connections while observing the display. If the
locking
unlocking
Erase fault memory.

not
activated
implausibl
e
open
close
no contact
yes
no
not fitted
Displa Denomination
y field

on
display
CL
locked
nt DD
safe
not fitted plug connections while observing the display. If the
CL
locked
199
nt FPD
safe
not fitted
3
CL
locked
nt RL
safe
not fitted
CL
locked
nt RR
safe
not fitted
Erase fault memory.

y field
on
display
1
Rotary latch
switch - DD
open
closed
Rotary latch
switch PD
open
closed
Rotary latch
switch RL
open
closed
Rotary latch
switch RR
open
closed

Erase fault memory.

Displa Denomination
y field

on
display
Immobilizer
key detection
yes

no
not fitted Test immobiliser Electrical System Rep. gr.96.
no
Re-initialise key via function 10 Adaptation Chapter.
contact
Automatic
lock/unlock
switch
Release
opened
closed
not
installed connections while observing the display. If the display

yes
200
sliding/tilting
roof
no
Erase fault memory.
Data BUS
Single Test databus cables Electrical System Rep. gr.90.

wire
Two-wire
field

display
Equipment, driver's
door
01)
12)
Equipment, front
passenger door
01)
12)
Equipment, door RL
01)
12)
Equipment, door
RR
01)
12)
1)
No communication.
2)
Operation.
These display fields only indicate what the relevant

vehicle equipment looks like.
Here you can check, e.g. which control units are

connected to the system and which are activated or
blocked.
Displa Denomination
y field

on
display
HDF switch and

tailgate key
switch1)
not
activated
Tailgate contact
switch
opened
closed plug connections while observing the display. If the
not
installed fault or replace the relevant component.

201
1)
Illumination
switche
0100%
Displa Denomination
y field
1)
Fixed code known
Code in reception
range 1)
Algorithm
Key number (key

having just been
activated) 1)
1)
Readout on
display
1)
Rectifying fault
O.K.
If N.O.K.:
N.O.K.
value
(key having
just not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured Battery in key discharged, replace battery.
value
Remote control defective, replace key.
(key having
just not been
activated)
O.K.
N.O.K.
no measured
value
(key having
just not been
activated)
04
When activating a key initialised by radio control,

the position in which the key was initialised is
displayed here.
control button was pressed, the key must be reinitialised via adaptation (function 10) Chapter.
1
Remote control key buttons
Readout on display
3)
01)
202
Rectifying fault
12)
2
IRUE cut-off
3)
yes
no
not fitted
3)
on
off
not fitted
1)
Not actuated.
2)
Actuated.
3)
field
1)
Last alarm source
Second last alarm

source 1)
3. last alarm
source 1)
4. last alarm
source 1)

display
1)
Display
1....65535

Possible alarm sources for vehicles 05.01 (3rd generation central locking)
Alarm sources
Display
16
Immobiliser - none, or wrong key
17
Interruption of the contact with the alarm system with independent supply
18
32
203
Ignition - tml. 15
64
Interior monitoring
128
No alarm
255
Adaptation
Valid for vehicles 07. 98 (1st and 2nd generation central locking)
Channel number
Page
1)2)
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialise initialised keys
Anchor
1)2)
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is

reached 2)
Anchor
Anchor
04 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice Anchor
2)

2)
Anchor
2)
Anchor

1)
For vehicles 09.97.
2)
For vehicles 10.97 .
2)
2)
Anchor
Anchor

Note
t Only on control units with radio control receiver and alarm function Chapter.
t The operating number (workshop code) of the -V.A.G 1552- is stored when adapting the
204

Requirements:
t

system Chapter. Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Enter function 10 Adaptation
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Enter function 00 (all the keys are erased with channel

number 00)
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
Enter function 10 Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
->
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Enter function 01 (all the keys are read with channel number Enter channel number XX
01)
Readout on display:
The top line shows how many keys need to be initialised (Standard Channel 1
= 1). Select number of the keys using the keys and . Maximum Adaptation
Key
number of all the initiated keys = 4.
1
Press key.


205
- - -
1 ->
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 1
Adaptation
Channel 1
Adaptation
3 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:

Note


Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
t the number of keys to be adapted has been reached.

t
a button on a radio control key to be initialised has been

the allowed adaptation time of 30 seconds after switching on

stored).
stored.

Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 3.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
206
HELP
and .
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
1 Q
- - 1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 4.
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Adaptation
0 ->
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - Channel 4
Adaptation
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:

unlocking
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Press keys 0 and 5.

207
Readout on display:
Channel 5

.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 5
unlocked
Adaptation
Beep off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 5
Adaptation
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
locking
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 6.
Readout on display:
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 6
locked Beep
Channel 6
locked Beep
on
Adaptation
0 ->
off
- - -
Adaptation
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Channel 6
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
when unlocking
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
208
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 7.
Readout on display:

and .
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 7
unlocked
Channel 7
unlocked
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
when locking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 8.
Readout on display:
Channel 8
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - Channel 8
Adaptation
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Adaptation for vehicles 08. 98 (2nd/5th generation central
locking), 05. 01 (3rd generation central locking)
Channel number
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Page
209
Anch
or
01 - Adaptation of ignition keys with radio control, initialising new keys
Anch
or
03 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is locked when a speed of more than 15 km/h Anch
is reached
or
04 - Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the ignition key is removed Anch
from the ignition lock
or
05 - IRUE cut-off: To activate or deactivate the interior monitoring press CL-ZU twice
Anch
or
Anch
or
Anch
or
Anch
or
Anch
or
10 - Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the event of an alarm Anch
in compliance with the applicable country legislation
or
Auto - Lock/Unlock:The vehicle is locked when a speed of 15 km/h is reached (activating or

deactivating function)
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 3.
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:
and .
Readout on display:
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
210
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
- - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 3
Adaptation
Channel 3
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test
HELP
Select function XX
Automatic lock/unlock: The vehicle is unlocked when the

ignition key is removed from the ignition lock
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 4.
Readout on display:
Channel 4
Select adaptation value with the keys and Auto-Unlock
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 4
Auto-Unlock
Adaptation
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
on
- - -
Channel 4
Adaptation
Channel 4
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Press keys 0 and 5.
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Readout on display:

.
211
Channel 5
Adaptation
0 ->
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
Interior monitoring
on - - Channel 5
Adaptation
Channel 5
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
unlocking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 6.
Readout on display:
Channel 6
.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 6
unlocked
Adaptation
Beep off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Beep on
- - -
Channel 6
Adaptation
Channel 6
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
locking
Readout on display:
Enter function 10.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press keys 0 and 7.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP
HELP
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Channel 7
Readout on display:
212
Adaptation
0 ->

.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 7
locked Beep
Beep
off
- - -
Adaptation
on
- - -
Channel 7
Adaptation
Readout on display:
locked
Channel 7
Adaptation
1 Q
1 Q
3 ->
Readout on display:
when unlocking
Readout on display:
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 0 and 8.
Readout on display:
and .
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Channel 8
unlocked
Channel 8
unlocked
Adaptation
Flashing
off
0 ->
- - -
Adaptation
1 Q
Flashing
on
- - -
Channel 8
Adaptation
Channel 8
Adaptation
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
when locking
HELP
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
213
Press keys 0 and 9.
Readout on display:
Channel 9

.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Adaptation
Flashing
off
Channel 9
Adaptation
1 Q
locked
Flashing
on
- - Channel 9
Adaptation
Channel 9
Adaptation
Press key.
0 ->
- - -
1 Q
1 ->
Readout on display:
Alarm horn settings: Programming of the alarm reaction in the
event of an alarm in compliance with the applicable country
legislation
Enter function 10.
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Vehicle system test

10 - Adaptation
Adaptation
Press keys 1 and 0.
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
1 ->
Alarm horn
rest of Europe - -
Select adaptation value with the keys Setting
and .
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
2 Q
Setting
Alarm horn
Germany - - -
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Readout on display:
Channel 10
Adaptation
3 Q
Setting
Siren in Great Britain - - Channel 10
Adaptation
Channel 10
Adaptation
Vehicle system test
Select function XX
214
3 ->
HELP
3 Q
Self-diagnosis electrically operated seat with memory

The system consists of:
t
t
t
t
t
t
Seat control unit

Central control unit for convenience system
Door control unit, driver side
Door control unit passenger's side
Switch unit in the driver seat
electrical seat system
The system carries out the following functions:

t
Seat height adjustment driver's side in the desired position with switches for the individual
directions
automatic seat height adjustment driver's side and rear-view mirror adjustment by
selecting a memory
automatic seat height adjustment driver's side and rear-view mirror adjustment by
unlocking the vehicle with the remote control
The control unit for the electrically operated seat with fault memory is located in the lower
area of the driver seat frame
Operation of the electrically operated seat with memory operating instructions.
Seat initialisation
The seat initialisation has to be performed for the first connection of the seat to the supply
voltage, when replacing the control unit and the mechanism for the electrically operated
seat.
The initialisation is performed by the backrest setting in the front limit stop when the driver
door is open. Without this initialisation, the seat memory cannot function. This initialisation
must not be performed when the voltage is below 10.5 volt, because the correct front stop
identification would not be realised.
Note
If during manual seat operation, the sliding track happens to be stopped, actuate the track
switch for the appropriate direction again and cause the seat to move along the whole track.
If the seat was already initialised, the initialisation must not be performed again after
disconnecting and reconnecting the seat to the voltage.
The initialisation can be deactivated, if the backrest goes into the front stop and the switch is
pressed for a further 5 seconds. The deactivated initialisation is indicated by a double tone
signal. This deactivation is purposeful e.g. for assembling a control unit, which is already
used, in the new seat.
215
Note
The following description applies for the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- used with the
program card 6.0.
Use of vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1551- with program card 9.0 is similar apart from
certain specific differences (e.g. different readouts in display, permits use of printer).
All displayed error messages refer to a fault table on the possible causes as well as targeted
repairs.
Temporary faults are stored in the fault memory (line interruption or loose contact in the plug
connections). These faults are displayed as sporadic faults SP.
Connect the vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select the address word for the seat
height adjustment/driver
t
t
Vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552Diagnostic cable -V.A.G 1551/3, 3A, 3B oder 3C-
Test preconditions for self-diagnosis
l
l
all fuses must be OK in compliance with the current flow diagram.

Battery voltage at least 11.5 volts
216

connect up vehicle
system tester
appropriate cable.
Switch on ignition.
Readout on display:
Enter address word 36.
Read-out on display1):
1)
Valid for passenger seat
Vehicle system test

Select address word XX
HELP
Vehicle system test

Q
36 - Seat adjustment - front passenger
Readout on display:
Note

t
Vehicle system test

HELP
Tester sends address
word 36
Vehicle system test

HELP
Vehicle system test
unit
Inspect the connection of the vehicle system tester, also check the
communication cable and the relevant vehicle system Current
flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.
After removing the possible fault cause re-enter address word 36

and confirm the entry with key Q.
Read-out on display after entering the address word

36
217
Vehicle system test

->
Fault in communication
set-up
Vehicle system test


3B1959760A
0003 ->
Seat adjustment
DS
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
HELP

Page
01
Chapter
02
Chapter
05
Chapter
06
Ending output
Chapter
08
Chapter
Connect vehicle system tester V.A.G and select address word 36 Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 01.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Q

3B1959760A = Part no. of the control unit
Seat adjustment = System designation
DS = Control unit of driver seat
0003 = Program status number
HELP
3B1959760A
0003 ->
Seat adjustment
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Select function XX

218
HELP
DS
Connect vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- and select address word 36 Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 02.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
HELP
Vehicle system test


X faults detected!
Press button to display the faults consecutively.

Example:
01008
035
Rectify the faults by referring to the fault table Note: Emergency switch operated!
Chapter.
No fault detected!
->
Readout on display:
If anything else appears on the display: Operating
instructions V.A.G 1552.

Note
t
t
t
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
1. Remove fault.

Requirements:
t
t
Faults were eliminated.

Fault memory was interrogated Chapter.
Readout on display:
Select function 05.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
219
HELP
Readout on display:
Readout on display:
Press key.
Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Fault memory was erased
->
Readout on display:
Note
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
If this appears on the display then the test sequence is

incorrect.

interrogate the fault memory and then erase.
HELP
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
Caution!
interrogated
Ending output
Select function 06.

Vehicle system test
Q
Readout on display:
06
End
output
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select address word XX
-V.A.G 1552-.
Fault table
Note
All the possible faults which can be detected by the control unit and displayed on the
vehicle system tester -V.A.G 1552- are listed in the table according to the 5-digit fault code.
t Ignore the SAE code that may appear on the right next to the fault code.
t
If Info in literature appears in the display of the vehicle system tester, look for the text
required in the fault table under the fault code.
If parts are output as faulty: First of all test all feed lines and plug connections to these
components as well as the earth connections according to current flow diagram. Replace
t
the component only if this test does not reveal any fault. This applies particularly if the
fault is shown as sporadic (SP).
Display -V.A.G 1552-
Possible cause of
fault
220
Rectifying fault
65535
no fault detected
00668
El. syst. voltage
tml. 30
If after repair No fault detected is displayed, the selfdiagnosis is completed.

Signal too
high
incorrect supply
voltage (must be in
the range 10.5...16

V)
Fitting locations
Check supply voltage
Voltage regulator or Check voltage regulator or AC

AC generator
defective
Rep. gr.27
Signal too low Battery discharged Replace battery or charge battery
or defective
Voltage regulator or Check voltage regulator or AC
AC generator
defective
Rep. gr.27
00994
Short circuit
Front height
to positive
adjustment sender
for driver seat
-G215-
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


Fitting locations
Short circuit
to earth
Sender defective
Open circuit
Wiring or plug
connections
defective

diagram Current flow diagrams,

Electrical fault finding and Fitting
locations
00995
Short circuit
Rear height
to positive
adjustment sender
Driver seat -G216-
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


Fitting locations
Short circuit
to earth
Sender defective
Open circuit
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


locations
Motor for seat
Check motor for seat operation for
00998
221
Replace sender -G215-
Motor for backrest

adjustment Driver
seat -V45-
operation -V45- is
loose or defective
00999
Front height
adjustment motor
Driver seat -V29-
Motor for seat

operation -V29- is
loose or defective
01000
Rear height
adjustment motor
Driver seat -V30-
Motor for seat

operation -V30- is
loose or defective
01002
Button: front height
adjustment
upwards, driver's
side -E208-
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective
Check button for correct fitting and

tightness, replace if necessary

Chapter
01003
Short circuit
Button: front height to earth
adjustment
downwards,
driver's side -E209-
01004
Short circuit
Button: rear height to earth
adjustment
upwards, driver's
side -E210-
01005
Short circuit
Button: rear height to earth
adjustment
downwards,
driver's side -E211-
correct fitting and tightness, replace

if necessary

if necessary

if necessary
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective
222

Fitting locations
button loose or
defective
01006
Button: length
adjustment
forwards, driver
seat -E212-
01007
Button: length
adjustment
backwards, driver
seat -E213-
Short circuit
to earth
Short circuit
to earth


Chapter
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter
Button MEM-OFF switched off
01008
Note: Emergency
switch operated!
Button MEM-OFF
switched on
01009
Short circuit
Length adjustment to positive
sender Driver seat
-G218-
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


Fitting locations
Short circuit
to earth
Sender defective
Open circuit
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


locations
01010
Short circuit
Backrest
to positive
adjustment sender
Driver seat -G219-
Wiring or plug
connections
defective

223
Fitting locations
Short circuit
to earth
Sender defective
Open circuit
Wiring or plug
connections
defective


locations
01173
Seat length
adjustment motor
Driver seat -V28-
Motor for seat

operation -V28- is
loose or defective
01328
Data BUS Comfort
Cables or plug
connections
defective

if necessary


locations
CU defective
01329
Data BUS Comfort
in emergency
running mode
Cables or plug
connections
defective
disconnect all doors and reconnect

in sequence (while doing so observe
measured value block)




locations
CU defective
01330
No
Fault in the
Central control unit communicati communication
for convenience
on
cable between CU
224
disconnect all doors and reconnect

in sequence (while doing so observe
measured value block)


Check wiring between CU according

to the current flow diagram
Current flow diagrams, Electrical
system
CU for convenience
system defective
01331
Door control unit,
driver side -J386-
No
Fault in the
communicati communication
on
cable between CU
Door control unit

driver's side
defective
01332
Door control unit
passenger's side
-J386-
No
Fault in the
communicati communication
on
cable between CU
01455
Short circuit
Switch for backrest to earth
adjustment -E96-,
to the front

Door control unit

driver's side
defective
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective
Short circuit
to earth

Chapter


Fitting locations
01459
Button driver
1/seat memory
-E218-

01456
Short circuit
Switch for backrest to earth
adjustment -E96-,
backwards
Replace CU for convenience system

Chapter

Chapter
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter
225
01460
Button driver
2/seat memory
-E219-
01461
Button driver
3/seat memory
-E220-
Short circuit
to earth
Short circuit
to earth
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter
Cables or plug
connections loose
or defective


Fitting locations
button loose or
defective


Chapter

Readout on display:
Select function 08.
Vehicle system test

Select function XX
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

Readout on display:
HELP
Desired display group number Chapter, read table of

measured value block and confirm entry with key Q.
Read measured value block

HELP
Enter display group number
XXX
Readout on display:
The breakdown of the display contents in the individual
display fields Chapter, read table of measured value block

1
1
2
3
4
Press key.
Readout on display:
Vehicle system test

HELP
Select function XX
226
Note

Test table
Note

-V.A.G 1552-
-V.A.G 1551-
higher
Press - button.
Press the key 3
lower
Press - button
Press the key 1
others
Press the key C
Press the key C
Display group 001

Displa Denomination Readout on Rectifying fault
y field
display
1
Memory
button 1
Memory
button 2
Memory
button 3
0
(deactivate
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and
d)
the relevant plug connections while observing the
1
(activated)
testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant component.
0
(deactivate
d)
1
(activated)
Erase fault memory.

0
(deactivate
d)
1
(activated)
2
Emergency
switch (MEM
OFF)
0 (closed)
1 (not
closed)
0 (opened)
1 (closed)
227
driver's door
3
Key number
0/ 1/ 2/ 3/ 4
(0 = Key
deactivated
)

Displa Denomination
y field
1

on display
Seat displacement
button
forwards
backwards
deactivate Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables
and the relevant plug connections while observing
d
implausibl the display. If the display content does not change

e signal
component.
The current counter XXXXX
Erase fault memory.

reading for the seat
displacement
Button for the

forwards
backrest inclination backwards
deactivate
d
implausibl
e signal
The current counter

reading for the
backrest inclination
XXXXX

Displa Denomination
y field
1
Raise the button

for the front seat

on display
raise
lower
deactivate
d
implausibl
e signal
228
Current counter
reading for raising
at the front
Raise the button

for the rear seat
Current counter
reading for raising
at the rear
XXXXX
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables
and the relevant plug connections while observing the
raise
lower
testing, rectify fault or replace the relevant
deactivate component.
d
Erase fault memory.
implausibl
e signal

XXXXX

Displa Denomination
y field
Mirror driver
horizontal
potentiometer
Mirror driver
vertical
potentiometer

on
display
0100
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables
%
and the relevant plug connections while observing the
0100
Erase fault memory.

%
Mirror front
passenger
horizontal
potentiometer
0100
Mirror front
passenger vertical
potentiometer
0100
%


Displa Denomination
y field
Onboard voltage,
terminal 30

on
display
xx.x V
Onboard voltage must be in the range 10.5 - 16 V.
229
Inlet:
Terminal X
0
Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and
(inactive) the relevant plug connections and check the display
1 (active) again. If the display content does not change during
Switch for
reversing light
0
(inactive)
1 (active)
Perform seat
initialisation
0
(inactive)
1 (active)
Reason for
switching off the
seat adjustment:
ocurring in the
block
0
(inactive)
1 (active)
Erase fault memory.

Perform seat initialisation Chapter
0
(inactive)
1 (active
Discontinued
software
Running time of
engine exceeded
0
(inactive)
1 (active)

y field
on
display
1
Condition of
CAN databus
BUS O.K. Check the correct fitting and tightness of the cables and the
BUS
relevant plug connections and check the display again. If
N.O.K.
the display content does not change during testing, rectify
Erase fault memory.

230
231
Body front
Front body
Summary of components of lock carrier with attached parts
1-
Bumper strip
2-
Bumpers
3-
Lock carrier
must be installed free of

stress
4-
15 Nm
5-
Screw
6-
8 Nm
7-
Ventilation grid
8-
23 Nm
Accessible after
removing the ventilation
grid -7-.
9-
23 Nm
Accessible after
removing the bumper
strip -1-.
Removing
Disconnect the plug
connections and the
coolant hoses, disconnect
the plug connection and
unhook the control cable
for the flap lock.
Disconnect plug
connection for
temperature sensor
Chapter.
Separate the hoses for

the air conditioning
system (if present).
Release screws -5-.
Release screws -4-.

232
Remove bumper strip -1and unscrew screws -9-.

Unhook ventilation grid
-7- and unscrew screws
-8-.
Remove lock carrier -3with component parts.
Install
Installation is carried out

in the reverse order.
Replace lock carrier

Note
There is no need to separate the refrigerant circuit of the engine and the refrigerant circuit if
the radiator and condenser are fastened to the engine in a suitable manner.
Removing
233
Removing the bumper

Chapter.
Remove cross member

Chapter.
Remove headlights
Electrical System
Rep. gr.94
Disconnect the plug

connection and unhook
the cable for the flap
lock.
Remove the screws -3for the lock carrier -1-.
Slacken top fixing screws

-2-.
234
Unscrew screws -1- for

radiator bearing -3- and
fasten the radiator -4- to

the engine in a suitable
manner.
Remove top fixing screws

for lock carrier.
Pull out lock carrier -2towards the front.
Remove the remaining

component parts for the
lock carrier.
Install

235
Front wing
Summary of components of front wing
1-
6 Nm
2-
6 Nm
3-
4 Nm
4-
Wing
Removing:
Remove front wheel.
Removing the bumper Chapter.
Remove wheelhouse liner Chapter.
Remove turn signal lamp and side turn signal lamp Electrical System Rep. gr.94.
Screw out the fixing screws Item of the lock carrier on the relevant side.
Screw out the top fixing screws Item.
236
Remove the remaining fixing screws Item and Item and the wing Item.
Installing:
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.
56q
q
q
6 Nm
Noise insulation
only for ATD, ARZ, AUM, ARX, AUQ engines
Check fitting position
Pay attention to dimension a = 450 mm.
237
Front bonnet
Summary of front bonnet components
1-
Radiator grill
Removing:
Screw out screws -6- and -9- and remove

radiator grill.
Disassemble radiator grill in individual

parts -2-, -3- and -4- Chapter.
Installation is carried out in the reverse

order.
After installation the radiator grill must be
flush with the front flap.
2-
Grid
3-
Radiator grill frame
4-
Trim strip
5-
Front flap
The tailgate can be adjusted by means of

the oval holes in the hinges.
After carrying out removal and

installation or adjustment work, perform
corrosion protection measures at the
screws and hinges.
6-
3.5 Nm
7-
22 Nm
8-
Support
9-
3.5 Nm
Remove and install front flap lock
Removing:
Unclip the control cable -1- on the lock.
238
Disconnect the plug

connection -2- from the front
bonnet.
Remove screws -3- (14
Nm).
Installing:
Installation is carried out in the
reverse order.
Adjusting:
Bonnet must be adjusted
l
flush to the body.
Observe uniform gap sizes
l
between bonnet and body.
Adjust the stop buffer and
l check the opening and
closing of the bonnet.
Disassembling and assembling radiator grill
Removing:
l
Radiator grill removed from vehicle
Release the lower clips of the decorative strip

using a screwdriver in -direction of arrow A-.
Release upper clips of the decorative strip with
a screw driver in -direction of arrow B- and
remove decorative strip.
239
Release the clips -arrows- of the grid in

-direction of arrow A- with screwdriver und
remove grid from radiator grill frame.
Installing:
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. Pay
attention to the following.
Note
Clip individual parts of the radiator grille into one
another.
Summary of components actuation of front flap lock
1-
Control cable
Removing:
Remove control lever -5(located on the left side
in the footwell of the

driver's side) and lock
-7-, unhook control cable.
Tie up the string or
anything similar - approx.
1000 mm long - on the
control cable nipple

(control lever) and pull
the control cable out of
the engine compartment.
Installing:
Use the string or
anything similar as an
insertion help and install
other parts.
2-
Clip
3-
Sealing grommet
4-
Screw
5-
Release handle
With inserted control

240
cable.
6-
Adjusting nut
7-
Flap lock
Removing and installing

Chapter.
8-
14 Nm
9-
5 Nm
241
Tailgate
Remove tailgate
Remove the tailgate trim panel Chapter.

Disconnect the electrical plug connections and take the cable out of the flap.
Remove pressurized gas struts Chapter.
Unscrew fixing screws -1of hinges -2- and remove
flap.
Tightening torque: 15 Nm
Note
Use a hexagon socket

wrench with its shorter
leg shortened by approx.
10mm and cover the
t paint surface at
dangerous points with
the adhesive tape in
order not to damage the
paintwork.
2 mechanics are required
t for the removal and
installation.
Removing the pressurized gas strut
Open tailgate and support.
242
Use a screwdriver to raise

the locking element -2- and
pull the pressurized gas strut
off the ball stud -1-.
Note
If the pressurized gas struts are
to be re-used, do not remove
the release pin -2- fully from
the ball socket, otherwise it
will be damaged.
1 - Mounting bracket with ball
stud
2 - Release pin
3 - Pressurized gas strut
Degassing the pressurized gas strut
243
Clamp the pressurized gas

strut in the area x = 50 mm
in the vice.
WARNING
The pressurized gas strut must
only be clamped in this area,
otherwise there is a risk of
accident!
Saw open the strut cylinder
in the first third of the total
length of the cylinder,

starting from the piston side
edge.
Note
Wear safety goggles when
sawing.
Cover the sawn section with
t
a cloth.
Oil and cloth are disposed of
t in accordance with waste
disposal requirements.
t
244
Summary of components of tailgate lock
12-
Tension rod
The tailgate lock
Removing:
Remove the tailgate trim

panel Chapter.
Release tension rod -1-.
Separate the relevant

plug connections.
Release screws -5-.
Press flap lock inwards

and remove.
Installation is carried out in

the reverse order.
3-
25 Nm
4-
Latch striker
Bonnet must be adjusted

flush to the body.
The bonnet must open

and close free of stress.
5-
25 Nm
245
Fuel tank lid unit

Summary of components of the fuel-tank lid unit
1 - Fuel tank lid unit

Consisting of cover, fuel tank
bowl and rubber sleeve.
Removing:
Remove setting element -6-.
Remove fuel-tank cap.
Unscrew bolt -2-.
Remove mounting part -3 towards the front from the
side part.
Slide the fuel-tank lid unit
backwards and remove it
from the side part.
2Screw
3Mounting part
4 - Retaining bracket
welded to the body
5Screws
Release with Torxbit and
small open-end wrench.

6 - Positioning element
Removing:
Release screws -5-.
Pull the setting element with
locking rod out of the
mounting part -3-.
Separate the setting element
from the locking rod.

7Locking rod
Remove together with
setting element -6-.

8Gasket
246
Front door, central locking

Front door
Summary of components of front door
1-
Exterior mirror
2-
Door
Removing and installing Chapter.
Setting Chapter.
3-
Catch bolt
40 Nm.
4-
Guide piece
Fitted onto the lifting strip of the window

lifter -6-.
Terminal
Inserted into the guide piece -4-.
6-
Window lifter

7-
10 Nm
8-
Bottom door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar A.
With door arrester.
9-
32 Nm
10
10 Nm
Exterior mirror fixing screws
11
12
13
14 -
Cap
For vehicles 12.99
20 Nm
For vehicles 12.99
Nut, 30 Nm
For vehicles 01.00
Top door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar A.

Hinge bolt inserted into the box part and
247
secured with grub screw -12- or nut -13-.

15 -
Base
Removing and installing the front door

Removing
Remove trim panel from the bottom of pillar A Chapter.
Pull off multi-pin

connector -1- from pillar
A.
For vehicles 12.99
248
Remove cap and screw the grub screw

-1- out of the upper hinge.
For vehicles 01.00
Remove nut -2-.
For all vehicles
Release bottom screw -3-.

Lift door up and out of the hinge
brackets.
Install
order.
Note
After the paintwork, the screws -1- and -2must be tightened to the specific torque
when replacing the doors.
1-
32 Nm
2-
22 Nm
Door adjustment
To correctly adjust the door release the door hinges on the pillars and door. Other adjusting measures, e.g.
aligning the doors towards the top are ineffective. The door will drop again at the following overpressures.
Slacken torx screws until the doors can be moved (e.g. -V.A.G 3320- with Torxbit -T45-).
The doors are correctly adjusted if in closed condition they are at an overall equal distance from the door
l
opening while they must not be positioned too far inwards or outwards and the contours must be aligned.
Remove door window
Removing door trim panel Chapter.

Detach damping foil Chapter.
Release inside window weatherseal from the flange.
249
Guide the door window as far to the top or bottom until the clamping jaws are in the
assembly openings.
Slacken hexagonal nuts

-1- and press the
clamping jaws apart from
each other.
Pull the door window to
the top, tilt it to the front
and lift it out of the
window channel.
Remove and install window lifter

assembly openings.
250

-1- and press the
each other.
Push door window

upwards and secure (e.g.
with adhesive tape).
Slacken the screws -2- of

the window lifter (10
Nm).
Unhook clips for Bowden

cables.
Separate the plug
connection at the power
window lifter.
Slightly raise the window

lifter so that the screws
-2- can be pulled through
the mounting holes.
Pull the window lifter

towards the bottom out
of the assembly opening.
Removing and installing window lifter motor

Note
The front and rear window lifters are installed in the same way.

Remove window lifter Chapter or Chapter.
Note
The window lifter motor can be removed in each position of the window lifter.
251
Release screws -arrowsand remove motor.

Install new motor and
tighten screws -arrowsto 6.5 Nm.
Install the window lifter
and mount the door
window.
Glue on the damping foil

Chapter.
Install door trim panel

Chapter.
Switch ignition on and

off.
Switch on ignition again.

Guide door window to the
top up to the stop and
activate the window lifter
switch for approx. a
further 3 seconds. This
completes the basic
setting and
simultaneously activates
the automatic depth run
function.
252
Summary of components of outer door handle

Chapter.
Door handle
Lock cylinder

Chapter.
34-
Base
Clamping ring
5-
Cap
6-
Screw
Moves the clamping ring

-4-.
7 - Door handle inner part

Removing:
Remove door handle -1-.
Removing door trim

panel Chapter.
Unscrew bolt -8-.
Slide the door handle

inner part backwards and
remove it.

the reverse order.
Note
If the door handle inner

part is removed the screw
-6- must not be turned.
8-
Screw
M5x9 = 5 Nm
M5x12 = 2 Nm
Remove and install outer door handle

253

t
Square wrench or TORX 20
t
Assembly device -T10118Removing
Remove trim panels -1-.
Release securing screw -3-.
Pull outer door handle -4- up to the stop in the
direction of operation -arrow A- and hold in
this position.
Turn the screw -5- in the given direction -arrow
B- until resistance can be felt.

Note
If the door handle inner part is removed the screw
Turn the lock cylinder -2- with the inserted key
-arrow C- and remove -arrow D-.

Note
On vehicles with radio control the front passenger
door lock is replaced by a trim.
Unclip the control cable -1from the door handle -2-.

Slide the door handle -2 backwards -arrow A- and
swivel it out of the door
-arrow B-.
Installing:
Swivel door handle into the
door.
For vehicles 05.98
254
Hang assembly device -T10118- in the spring

fixed to the door lock -arrow A- and hang the
spring in the lock lever -arrow B-.
For all vehicles
Further installation occurs in reverse order.
Note
The control cable must lock securely in the outer
door handle.
Summary of components of door lock
1 - Control cable for inside actuation

Hanging in the door handle inner part.
2-
Securing rod
3-
Securing knob
Screwed on.
4-
Door handle inner part

5-
Securing screw, 5 Nm
Control cable for door handle

Hanging in the door handle.
7-
Base
8-
Latch striker
910 -
22 Nm
20 Nm
255
11 -
Inner lock

Note
The removal and installation of the door

t lock is the same with or without electric
actuation.
For vehicles M 99 with remote control
t for central locking, no lock cylinders are
used in the front passenger door.
Removing and installing the door lock

Removing
Remove outer door handle Chapter.
Remove window lifter Chapter.
256
Release screws -1-.

Tightening torque = 20
Nm.
Slacken fixing screws -2of the collision carrier

and lower collision carrier
(the front fixing screw is
not illustrated in the
figure).
257
Unhook the retaining clip

-4- of the actuating cable
-3-, take the door lock
with tension rod -5- and

actuating cable -3- out of
the door through the
assembly opening.
Install
the reverse order.
258

Note
t
t
The control motors for front and rear doors are part of the door locks and cannot be
replaced separately.
Remove and install door locks Chapter and/or Chapter.
After replacing the door lock with central locking motor, interrogate the fault memory and
t erase Chapter, self-diagnosis for convenience system or Chapter, self-diagnosis for
central locking.
Removing and installing the tailgate control motor
Remove the tailgate trim panel Chapter.
Disconnect plug
connection -5-.
Release screws -2-.
Remove the tension rod

-3- of the control motor
-1- from the rear flap lock
-4-.
Remove control motor

-1-.
Removing and installing the setting element for the fuel tank cap
Chapter
259
Summary of components of front door seals
Top door seal

self-adhesive
The door window pane

Removing Chapter.
Outside window shaft seal

Fitted on the flange.
4-
Door
Setting Chapter.
567
Clip
Inside window shaft seal
Window run
Buttoned in the window frame.
Outside door seal - front
Inside door seal
The joining must have a distance -Afrom the door bottom
-A- = 300 100 mm
260
Rear door,sliding door,wing doors,central locking

Rear door
Summary of components of rear door
1-
Rear door
Setting Chapter.
Guide piece
Fitted onto the lifting strip of the window

lifter -5-.
Terminal
Inserted into the guide piece -2-.
45
10 Nm
Window lifter
Removing Chapter.
Catch bolt
40 Nm.
7-
Bottom door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar B.
With door arrester.
89
Cap
For vehicles 12.99
10
Nut, 30 Nm
For vehicles 01.00
11
20 Nm
For vehicles 12.99
12
32 Nm
Top door hinge
Screwed onto the door and the pillar B.

Hinge bolt inserted into the box part and
secured with grub screw -11- or nut -10-.
261
Removing and installing the rear door
Removing
Separate plug connection -1 located in the grommet -2on the pillar B.

For vehicles 12.99
Remove cap and screw the grub screw -1- out

of the upper hinge.
For vehicles 01.00
Remove nut -2-.

For all vehicles
Unscrew bottom screw -3- out of the door.
Lift door up and out of the hinge brackets.
Install
Note
After the paintwork, the screws -1- and -2t must be tightened to the specific torque when
replacing the doors.
262
The process for the rear door is identical for

Octavia Combi.
132 Nm
222 Nm
t
Door adjustment
To correctly adjust the door release the door hinges on the pillars and on the door. Other adjusting
t measures, e.g. aligning the doors towards the top are ineffective. The door will drop again at the following
overpressures.
The doors are correctly adjusted if in closed condition they are at an overall equal distance from the door
t
opening while they must not be positioned too far inwards or outwards and the contours must be aligned.
Remove door window

Release inside window weatherseal from the flange.
Lower door window.
263
Unscrew screws -1- and

-2- for window staybar -3
and remove window
staybar from the
triangular plate -arrow-.
Remove window staybar.
Guide the door window
as far to the top until the
clamping jaws are in the

assembly opening
-arrows-.

-1- and press the
each other.
Pull the door window -2 towards the top and lift it
out of the window
channel.
Remove window lifter

Removing

264
assembly opening -arrows-.

-1- and press the
each other.
Push the door window -2upwards and secure (e.g.

with adhesive tape).
Slacken the screws -1(10 Nm).

Separate the plug
connection at the power
window lifter.
Slightly raise the window

lifter -arrow A- so that the
screws -1- can be pulled

through the mounting
holes -2- -arrow B-.
Remove the window lifter

from the assembly
opening.
265
Summary of components
of outer door handle
1
Door handle

Chapter.
2-
Cover
3-
Base
4-
Cap
5-
Screw
Moves the clamping ring

-6-.
6-
Clamping ring
7 - Door handle inner part

Removing:
Remove door handle -1-.
Removing door trim

panel Chapter.
Release screw -8-.
Slide the door handle

inner part backwards and
remove it.

the reverse order.
Note
If the door handle inner

part is removed the screw
8-
Screw
M5x9 = 5 Nm
M5x12 = 2 Nm
Remove and install outer door handle

t
Square wrench or TORX 20
t
Assembly device -T10118266
Removing
Pull door handle -3- up to the

stop in the direction of
operation -arrow -A- and
hold it.
Remove cap -1-.
Turn the screw -4- in the
given direction -arrow Buntil resistance can be felt.
Note
If the door handle inner part is
removed the screw -4- must
not be turned.
Pull out cover -2--arrow C-.
Unclip the control cable -1from the door handle -2-.

Slide the door handle -2 backwards -arrow A- and
swivel it out of the door
-arrow B-.
Install
Swivel door handle into the
door.
For vehicles 05.98
267
Hang assembly device -T10118- in the spring

fixed to the door lock -arrow A- and hang the
spring in the lock lever -arrow B-.
For all vehicles
Further installation occurs in reverse order.
Note
The control cable must lock securely in the door
handle outside.
268
of door lock
1-
Securing knob
Screwed on.
2-
Securing rod
3-
Linkage clip
Control cable for inside

actuation
Hanging in the inside

actuation.
5-
Securing rod
6-
Door lock

Chapter.
Control cable for

outside actuation
Hanging in the door

handle.
8-
20 Nm
9-
22 Nm
10 -
Latch striker
11 -
Base
12 -
Elbow lever
13 -
Straddle pin
Removing and installing the door lock

Removing
Door window must be closed.
Removing the door handle Chapter.
269
Press through the

straddle pin -1- of the
angle lever, remove
angle lever -2- from the
door and unhook the
securing rod.
Unhook the retaining
clips -3- of the securing
rod.
Absolutely remove the

straddle pin from the
door (rattling noises).
Release screws -2-.

Nm.
Pull the door lock -1- out

of the assembly opening.
270
Summary of components of rear door seals

1-
Top door seal
self-adhesive
Inside door seal
The joining must have a distance -Afrom the door bottom
-A- = 300 100 mm

3
Window run
Buttoned in the window frame.
4-
Window staybar
5-
Triangular window
67-
10 Nm
Door
8910
11 12
Setting Chapter.
Clip
Outside door seal - rear
Inside window shaft seal
1 Nm
The door window pane
Removing Chapter.
271
Sliding roof
Sliding/tilting roof Rockwell with glass panel
Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel
1-
Glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (single-layer safety glass)
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter

272
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter
Adjust glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment) Chapter
2-
Panel seal
Adjust panel seal Chapter
q
q
Sealing joint in the middle of the right lateral area

Handle the clamp channel of the panel seal with lubricant (water) before installing
3-
Trim frame
4-
Sun screen
q
5-
Removing and installing sun screen roller Chapter and Chapter

Assembly unit
Removing and installing assembly unit Chapter
The assembly unit comprises the following parts:
U-frame (with guide ducts)
Rear guides with cables
Front guides
q If necessary grease the guide ducts with special grease -G 052 778- only as otherwise the
functions can not be guaranteed
6-
Water drain hoses
Clean the water drain hoses Chapter
7-
Hexagonal wrench for emergency operation
q
8q
9q
10 11 q
q
q
12 q
clipped into the E-drive

Draft deflector
Open the cover towards the rear and unscrew the draft deflector
Bearing for draft deflector
Thread must point obliquely towards the rear
Screws
Countersunk screws (micro encapsulated)
Fixing screws for electric drive mechanism
always use new countersunk screws
3 Nm
E-drive
Check setting for the E-drive (0 position) Chapter
273
13 -
Catch hook spring
14 -
Hook
15 q
Torx screw
Torx screw insert -T25-
6 Nm
16 -
Circlip
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof
Tilt sliding/tilting roof
Slide sun screen roller

backwards -1-.
Slide trim frame -2backwards (clipped on in the
area of the front guides -3and guided in the rear area

by the studs -4-).
274
Unscrew the fixing screws

-1- (torx screw insert T 25)
and remove.
Remove glass roof from the
top.
Remove trim frame (if
required).
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

Glass roof must be fitted in the 0 position (glass roof closed).
Check parallel running, set if necessary Chapter.
Insert glass panel for

sliding/tilting roof from
the top and screw in the
fixing screws -1-. Thus
pay attention to the

correct fitting of the
centering pins -2- on the
reverse side of the
circlips.
Tightening torque: 6 Nm
Note
Adjust the panel height

after tightening the fixing
screws (6 Nm).
Setting the glass roof

pane height Chapter.
Check the position of the

panel seal, adjust if
275
necessary Chapter.
Slide the trim frame

forwards and clip it into
the front guide.
Check perfect operation

of the sliding/tilting roof.
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment)
Move the glass panel into the tilting position.
Slide the sun screen backwards to its maximum.
Slide trim frame backwards (clipped on in the area of the front guides and guided in the
rear area by the studs).
Check parallel running, set if necessary Chapter.
Loosen all four screws of the glass panel (centering afloat in the roof opening).
Guide the glass panel in position closed.
Perform height adjustment of front and rear glass panel on both sides as follows:
Front roof pane

adjustment:
A = 1 mm lower than the
roof -2-1- = Glass panel
Arrow = direction of travel
276
Rear roof panel

adjustment:
b = 1 mm higher than the
roof -2Arrow = direction of travel
-1- = Glass panel
Tighten glass panel

screws (6 Nm).
Slide trim frame forwards

and clip on (clipped on in
the area of the front

guides and guided in the
Check E-drive (0 position)
277
If the E-drive is replaced, it

must be installed in the 0
position (cover for
sliding/tilting roof closed).
Fit together plug connection
E-drive/wiring loom
sliding/tilting roof (before
installation).
Operate switch -1-, until the
0 position of the E-drive -2is reached: 0 position is
located between the final
switch-off points -A- and
-B-. The final switch-off

point -B- is reached by
turning to the right and the
final switch-off point -A- is
reached by turning to the left
of the drive pinion.
Note
The 0 position is
automatically set by operating
the switch in the close
position.
-A- Final switch-off point,
panel tilting position = 2 turns
until 0 position.
-B- Final switch-off point,
panel tilting position = 8.25
turns until 0 position.
Check parallel running and adjust

Inspection
Guide the glass panel in position closed.

Slide the sun screen completely backwards by hand.
Slide trim frame backwards (clipped on in the area of the front guides and guided in the
278
The catch hooks (with

roller) -1- must be locked in
the runners.
The bolts -2- must be
within the markings
(notches) -arrows-.
If this not the case, adjust
parallel running as follows:
Adjusting:
Disconnect earth strap of

the battery.
Unhook cover -1- for E drive in -direction of

arrow-.
Remove E-drive.
279
The catch hooks (with

roller) -1- must be locked in
the runners.
Only slide the rear guides
with bolts -2- from front
to back between the
notches -arrows-.
E-drive (0 position)
install in this position.
Always use new screws
(fixing screws are micro
encapsulated) 3 Nm.
Install glass panel for
sliding/tilting roof
Chapter.
Remove sun screen
Glass panel and trim frame for sliding/tilting roof removed and sliding/tilting roof unit in closed
position.
Unclip the stops -2- of one

side and press the sun screen
to this side. Lever gliders -1
on the opposite side (from
front to back) out of the
guide ducts using a
screwdriver.
Swivel sun screen -3 upwards out of the assembly
unit.
Install sun screen
280
Insert sun screen into the roof opening. Insert

gliders of the sun screen (gliders are locked on
the sun screen) into the guide ducts. Insert

gliders -1- of the other side into the guide ducts
and fit the lateral stops -2-.
Removing and installing assembly unit

Removing
Remove E-drive.
Remove the moulded headliner Chapter.
Pull off water drain hoses -arrows- from assembly unit.
281
Remove glass panel for

sliding/tilting roof for a
better assembly
Chapter.
Note
The assembly unit can also

be removed completely
with the glass roof, the sun
visor and the trim frame.
Unscrew hexagon screws
and remove assembly
unit from the vehicle with

the help of a second
mechanic.
Install
Position the assembly
unit on the rear supports
and swivel to the top (the
three fixing bolts must
grip into the support
holes).
Screw on assembly unit

(7.5 Nm).
Cleaning the water drain hoses
Front water drain hoses:

The front water drain hoses -1- run in the pillars A and terminate between the door and pillar A. Clean from
the sliding/tilting roof opening.
282
1 - Front water drain hose

2 - Water drain valve
Note
An approx. 2300 mm long
probe, self-made out of a
tachometer shift linkage core,
is recommended as an auxiliary
tool for cleaning.
Rear water drain hoses:
The rear water drain hoses -1run in the C pillars and
terminate at the side behind the
bumper. Clean from the bottom
hose end. The hoses must not
be removed.
283
1 - Water drain hose

Note
tool for cleaning.
Rear water drain hoses
(Octavia Combi)
The rear water drain hoses -1run in the pillars D and
terminate at the side behind the
shock absorber cover. Clean
from the bottom hose end. The
bumper does not have to be
removed.
284
1 - Water drain hose

Note
tool for cleaning.
285
Sliding/tilting roof Webasto with glass panel

Summary of components of sliding/tilting roof with glass panel
1-
Glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (single-layer safety glass)
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof Chapter

286
q
2q
3q
4q
5q
6q
7q
Adjust glass panel for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment) Chapter

Gasket
Replace panel seal Chapter
Sun screen
Remove and install sun screen Chapter
Guard top
removing Chapter
Guard bottom
removing Chapter
Rain groove
remove together with sliding block guide Item
End part
stick on with glue -AKL 450 005 05-
89q
Screw
Assembly unit
removing and installing Chapter
q U-frame (with guide nut); if necessary only grease the guide nuts with special grease -G
000 450 02- otherwise the functions cannot be guaranteed.
10 -
Support
11 12 q
q
Spring
E-drive
Check setting for the E-drive (0 position) Chapter
13 14 15 q
Screw
Rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism
E-drive cover
Hexagonal wrench for emergency activation is fixed to the cover
16 17 18 -
Cover
Draft deflector
4.5 Nm
19 -
Sliding-block guide
20 -
Sliding block with control cable

287
21 -
Support
Remove glass panel for sliding/tilting roof
Slide sun screen backwards.

Tilt sliding/tilting roof.
Unclip bottom trim strip -1- at rear -arrow- and

pull forwards away from the roof frame
Unclip top trim strip -2- at front and middle
and unhook at rear.
Release screws -1-.

Remove glass roof from the top.
Install glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

Glass roof must be fitted in the 0 position (glass roof closed).
288
The sliding-block guide bolt axis must be

flush with the marking on the slidingblock guide -arrow-.
If the sliding-block guide axis is not

flush with the sliding-block guide then
parallel running must be adjusted for
Chapter.
Insert glass panel for sliding/tilting roof

from the top and slightly tighten the
fixing screws -1-.
Note
Only tighten the fixing screws after

adjusting the panel height (4.5 Nm).
Glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof (height adjustment)
The 0 position of the sliding/tilting roof must be in proper order.
Slide sun screen backwards.
289
Unclip bottom trim strip -1- at rear -arrow- and

pull forwards away from the roof frame.
Unclip top trim strip -2- at front and middle
and unhook at rear.
Slacken the screws -3- (4,5 Nm).
Close sliding/tilting roof, open and close again
(this sequence must be respected to obtain a
correct setting).
Perform height adjustment of front and rear
glass panel on both sides as follows:
Front roof pane adjustment:

a = 0...1 mm lower than the roof
Rear roof panel adjustment:

b = 0...1 mm higher than the roof
Tighten glass panel screws (4.5 Nm).
Adjust the left and right side symmetrically.
Note
Inspect the height adjustment by opening and
closing the sliding/tilting roof.
290
Hook on top trim strip -2- at rear and middle

and clip on at front.
Slide the bottom trim strip -1- in direction of
arrow to the rear and clip on in the front area.
Replacing the glass roof pane seal
Remove glass roof pane for sliding/tilting roof Chapter.
Remove gasket -1- from glass panel.

Press new seal into the glass panel -2-.
Note
For easier mounting coat seal with

lubricant (water).
Removing and installing the sun visor

Removing
For easier mounting slide sun visor slightly backwards.
291
Lever off front and rear slide with a

screwdriver and take out sun visor -1- to
the top.
Install
order.
Removing and installing E-drive
Removing
Disconnect earth strap of the battery.
Lever off E-drive cover with

device -3409-.
Note
The E-drive can only be

removed and installed when
the sliding/tilting roof closed.
Disconnect the plug
connection.
292
Release screws -arrows- and

remove drive.
Install
reverse order.
Note
Always replace the drive

screws with new ones (3.5
Nm).
Setting electric drive mechanism (setting 0 position)
Setting of the 0 position may be necessary if the drive was not removed in the 0 position or if the
sliding/tilting roof was opened or closed using the emergency operation mechanism.
Drive removed and wiring connected.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to select roof tilted.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to roof closed.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to roof opened.
Turn the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism to roof closed.
In 0 position install the drive with the sliding/tilting roof closed.
293
The 0 position is
recognizable through a
window -arrow A- on the

engine by the recess of the
ring gear -arrow B-.
Removing the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism
294
Using the wedge -3409remove the E-drive cover.

Remove the automatic
preselection mechanism
switch from the cover.
Check parallel running
The sliding-block guide bolt axis must be

flush with the marking on the slidingblock guide -arrow-.
Setting the parallel running
Half open glass panel for sliding/tilting roof.

Remove E-drive Chapter.
Manually slide glass panel for sliding/tilting roof backwards up to the stop.
Installing E-drive Chapter.
295
Removing and installing assembly unit

Removing
Removing the rotary switch of the automatic preselection mechanism Chapter.
Pull off water drain hoses -arrows- from

assembly unit -1-.
Screw out screws -2- and remove the

assembly unit from the vehicle.
Note
Removal and installation of the assembly

unit is carried out by 2 mechanics.
Install
296
Insert assembly unit -1- in the roof.
Align the assembly unit -1- in the roof

frame and screw in.
Check the proper routing of the lines and

plug connections of all electrical
components on the roof and if necessary
adjust.
Tighten the screws -2- of the assembly

unit -1- with the drive -3- (8 Nm).
Fitting water drain hoses -arrows-.
Install the plug connection for the Edrive.
Adapting the E-drive
Switch on ignition.
For vehicles of MY 03
Using the wedge -3409remove the E-drive cover.

Pull out the plug for the E
driver at the roof opening.
Connect the plug connection
for the E-drive.

Insert the cover for the E
drive.
For all vehicles
Close sliding/tilting roof.
Press automatic preselection
mechanism in position roof
closed for minimum 3

seconds; the basic setting of
the drive is performed.
297
Cleaning the water drain hoses

Chapter
298
Bumper
Front bumper
Summary of components of bumper 12.01
1-
Lock carrier
2q
1 Nm
Wheelhouse liner attached.
3-
Cross member
Removing:
Remove bumper (Pos. 6).
Remove nuts (Pos. 12).
Remove screws (Pos. 14).

4-
Nut
299
5q
8 Nm
Accessible after removing the bumper strip (Pos. 9).
6-
Bumpers
Removing:
Open front flap.
Disconnect bumper strip (Pos. 9).
Remove the screws (Pos. 5) on both sides.
Remove ventilation grid (Pos. 11).
Unclip plug connections if necessary.

Detach the washer nozzles of the headlamp cleaning system (only on vehicles with
headlamp cleaning system).
Remove bumper to the front.

7q
Temperature sensor
Only for vehicles with multifunctional indicator.
89-
1 Nm
Bumper strip
10 q
Spoiler
Pressed on into the bumper clips.
Must not be removed for removing the bumper.
For vehicles 08.00 integrated in the bumper.
11 -
Ventilation grid
12 -
20 Nm
13 -
1 Nm
14 -
23 Nm
15 q
q
Support
For vehicle 08.00 12.01
Bondings Chapter
300
Bondings of front bumper for vehicles 08.00 12.01
The front bumper is sealed with self-adhesive support on the cooling fan bottom frame.
On vehicles 01.02 self-adhesive supports are replaced with holders (Pos. 16).
Work procedure
Clean head contact surfaces of the front bumper and cooling fan frame with degreased spirit solution.
First of all stick support -1- onto the radiator

frame -2-.
Observe these dimensions:
a = 24 mm
b = 17 mm
Install the front bumper.
Press bumper -3- on the radiator frame -2-.
Summary of components of bumper 01.02
301
1Lock carrier
21 Nm
q
Wheelhouse liner attached.
3Cross member
Removing:
Remove nuts (Pos. 12).

4Nut
58 Nm
q
Accessible after removing the bumper strip (Pos. 9).
6Bumpers
Removing:
Open front flap.
Remove the screws (Pos. 5) on both sides.
Remove ventilation grid (Pos. 11).

302

Unclip plug connections if necessary.
Detach the washer nozzles of the headlamp cleaning system (only on vehicles with headlamp cleaning
system).
Remove bumper to the front.

7Temperature sensor
q
Only for vehicles with multifunctional indicator.
81 Nm
9Bumper strip
10 5 Nm
11 Ventilation grid
12 20 Nm
13 1 Nm
14 23 Nm
15 5 Nm
16 Bumper holder
303
Rear bumper
Summary of components of rear bumper
1Cross member
On vehicles with trailer coupling, replaced with trailer coupling frame.
Removing:
Unscrew nut (Pos. 2) and remove cross member.

304

2Nut, 20 Nm
3Cover strip below tail light
41 Nm
5Cover strip
q
Pressed on into the bumper clips (Pos. 6).
6Bumpers
Removing:
Open tailgate.
Detach cover strip (Pos.).

Unscrew screws (Pos. 4), slide cover strip below the tail light (Pos. 3) in the direction of the centre of the
vehicle and remove.

Remove side trim panel in luggage compartment and unscrew screws (Pos. 10).
Pull out bumper to the rear.

Note
Before removing the bumper it is necessary to disconnect plug of park sensors (if present).
The installation occurs in reverse order.
7Rear spoiler
q
q Slightly pull off the luggage compartment trim panel for unscrewing.
q
For vehicles 08.00 integrated in the bumper.
8Bumper strip
q
91 Nm
10 8 Nm
q
Accessible via the luggage compartment.
q Slightly pull off the luggage compartment trim panel for unscrewing.
Summary of components of rear bumper (Octavia Combi)
305
306
1Screw, 1 Nm
q
q
Slightly pull off the luggage compartment trim panel for releasing.
2Mounting strip
3Nut, 8 Nm
4Nut, 20 Nm
5Bumper strip
q
6Bumpers
Removing:
Open tailgate.
Remove luggage compartment side trim panel and unscrew screws (Pos. 1) and (Pos. 10).
Remove screws (Pos. 8 and Pos. 9).
Pull out bumper to the rear.

Note
Before removing the bumper it is necessary to disconnect plug of park sensors (if present).
7Rear spoiler
q
q
For vehicles 08.00 integrated in the bumper
81 Nm
91 Nm
10 8 Nm
q
11 Plastic nut
12 Cross member
On vehicles with trailer coupling, replaced with trailer coupling frame.
Removing:
q
q
Remove nuts (Pos. 4) and remove cross member.
Cutting out the opening for the trailer arm
Remove the rear bumper Chapter.
Place the bumper on a soft felt base.
307
Cut out the cutouts for the tensioning

sleeve of the trailer arm carrier and the
foldable socket, according to the preembossed marking, e.g. using a sharp

knife.
After cutting out the opening, deep clean

the edges with a suitable tool.
Note
Avoid damage to the painted bumper side!
Drilling the openings for the parking aid sensors

Predrill the openings
Note
Avoid damage to the painted bumper side!
Removing the bumper Chapter.
Measure the centres for the reversing

sensors and mark them as shown in the
fig.
308
Drill the openings with a diameter of 4

mm.
Use a step drill in order to drill the

opening (diameter 18 mm).
Drill the openings from the outer side of

the bumper with maximum precision.
Remove possible burrs from the inside
and clean the openings.
Note
If the vehicle is also equipped with parking

aid sensors in the front bumper, the work
procedure is the same as for both rear
bumpers.
309
Glazing/window mechanism
Glued windows
Removing and installing glued windows
Note
For safety reasons, re-using a cut-out windscreen is not permissible. The windscreen must
always be replaced with a new original part. The cut-out rear and side windows can be reused after a thorough inspection.
t
t
t
t
Cutting cord or cutting wire holder, e.g. manufactured by the company Equalizer TWH 200
and DGE 100.
Straightening knife e.g. -SB - 531- or glass scraper -SC - 170-.
Device for inserting cutting cord or cutting wire.
Spooler e.g. -V.A.G 1654A- with steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1-.
Cutting wire e.g. -357 853 999 A-.
Cutting cord e.g. -357 845 955-.
t Cup suction tool -V.A.G 1344- or tool manufactured by Equalizer -ESM-911-.

t
Compressed air pistol, e.g. - V.A.S 5237-.
Cartridge heating box e.g. -V.A.G 1939A-.
Adhesive
materials
Spare Purpose, application range

part No.
Designation
manufacturer
comment
2K Window glue DA 004 Strong glueing of the windscreen, rear

Caution: Comply with the
(PUR)
600 A21) and side windows. Adhesive hardens fast manufacturer's handling
so the work must be done swiftly and
instructions.
skillfully.
1K Window glue DH 009 Strong glueing of the windscreen, rear
(PUR)
1001)2) and side windows.
300 ml filling
1K Window glue DH 009 Strong glueing of the windscreen, rear

(PUR)
100
and side windows.
031)2)3)
110 ml small filling
Activator
D 181 Activates the previously sectioned

801 A1 original layer.
Applicator
D 009 Apply primer and activator.

500 25
Primer for
D 009
Priming the windows. Must be applied to

310
Order volume 25 pieces
windows and
painted
surfaces.
200 02 window. Is applied to paint before

applying glue and sealant (PUR).
Cleaning
solution
D 009 For cleaning all surfaces to which primer

401 04 or glue is applied.
Glue remover
D 002 Removes residual glue.

000 10
Must not be used on

glued surfaces before
glueing.
1)
Observe waiting time Chapter.
2)
According to manufacturer's instructions heat up with cartridge heater e.g -V.A.G 1939-.
3)
Small cartridge 110 ml, for sealing work, or if the 300 ml cartridge is insufficient.
Summary of components of windscreen
1 - Ceramic coating
2 - Windscreen
Remove windscreen Chapter.
Install windscreen Chapter.
3 - Dimension -a a = 41 mm
4 - Sealing section
Is part of the windscreen.
5 - Applying PUR (part of the pre-layering)
6 - PUR - adhesive cement
7 - Retaining plate for rear-view mirror
8 - Window pane adjuster
For adjusting the upper window gap.
Use the eccentric.
9 - Water collection strip
10 -
Roof drip moulding
311
Removing and installing windscreen

WARNING
Wear protective goggles and gloves when cutting hardened PUR adhesive cement.
Removing undamaged windscreen
Remove water collection strips -3-.

Unscrew wiper arms -2-.
Mu = 20 Nm.
Remove the cooling water tank cover -1 Chapter.
Removing interior rear-view mirror -4 Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar A Chapter.
Unscrew sun visors -5- (Clearance

between window flange and moulded
headliner is achieved in this way).
Cover the painted surfaces along the

window with textile adhesive tape.
Pierce adhesive cement with the piercing

needle in the bottom left corner.
Pull cutting wire through the needle and

attach the wire end to the windscreen
wiper support.
Insert cutting wire all around the
windscreen behind the sealing profile.
Attach spooler -V.A.G 1654A- to the inner

side of the windscreen and insert the
other wire end into the spooler.
Cut through the adhesive cement with
spooler -V.A.G 1654A-.
312
Offset spooler -V.A.G 1654A- and

continue cutting.
Offset spooler -V.A.G 1654A- and attach

steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1- to the inner
side of the windscreen.
Note
Cut through the adhesive cement as long

as the cutting wire is guided in the steering
roller -V.A.G 1474/1-.
Remove steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1 and continue cutting through adhesive
cement.
313
Offset spooler -V.A.G 1654A- and attach

steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1- to the inner
side of the windscreen.
Note
Cut through the adhesive cement as long

as the cutting wire is guided in the steering
roller -V.A.G 1474/1-.
Remove steering roller -V.A.G 1474/1 and continue cutting through adhesive
cement.
Repeat procedure in the top left and

bottom corner.
Remove windscreen with the suction cup
gripper, e.g. -V.A.G 1344- or the one
made by Equalizer -ESM-911-.
Removing undamaged windscreen
Remove water collection strips -5-.

Unscrew wiper arms -2-.
Mu = 20 Nm.
Remove the cooling water tank cover -1 Chapter.
Removing interior rear-view mirror -3 Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar A Chapter.
Unscrew sun visors -4- (Clearance

between window flange and moulded
headliner is achieved in this way).
Cover the painted surfaces along the

window with textile adhesive tape.
Pierce adhesive cement with the piercing

needle.
Draw cutting cord through the needle

and insert the cutting cord holders.
314
Cut out windscreen with cutting cord

along the circumference of the window.
Removing windscreen.
Install
Prepare new windscreen for fitting
Chapter.
Prepare flange for fitting Chapter.
Mounting instructions Chapter.
Waiting time Chapter.
Summary of components of rear window
1
2345-
Dimension -aa = 3.61 mm

Sealing section
Rear window
PUR - adhesive cement
Bulb for high level brake light
Assembly overview of rear window (Octavia Combi)
315
Rear window (Octavia Combi) 09.03

1Rear window
2PUR - adhesive cement
3Sealing section
4Dimension -a
a = 3.61 mm

1Rear window
3Stop
for installation of window
4Dimension -a
a = 3.61 mm
Removing and installing the rear window

Removing undamaged window
316
Remove high level brake light.

Disconnect the plug connections of the heated rear window and press the contact tabs onto
the window.
Further removal occurs as for the windscreen Chapter, remove windscreen.
Removing damaged window

WARNING
Wear protective spectacles and gloves.
Protect vehicle interior from glass splinters.

Disconnect the rear window heating.
Remove the glass residue.
Cover the painted surfaces along the window with textile adhesive tape.
Cut through the glue sealing compound (with glass residue) e.g. with the cutting tool e.g.
-V.A.G 1561/10- (with stop roll).
Installing rear window

Prepare new windscreen for fitting Chapter.
Mounting instructions Chapter.
Waiting time Chapter.
317
Assembly overview of side window

(Octavia Combi)
1Side window
2 - Sealing profile (part of the pre-layering)
3Trim strip
affixed to the sealing profile -2is destroyed without side window when
removing
4Dimension -a
a = 31.6 mm
Removing and installing side window (Octavia Combi)

Removing undamaged window
Note
The decorative strip Anchor Pos. 3 is removed together with the side window.
Remove trim panel of pillar C Chapter.
Remove trim panel of pillar D Chapter.
Further removal occurs as for the windscreen Chapter.

Removing damaged window
Removal is performed in the same way as for the damaged rear window Chapter.
Installing side window
Prepare new windscreen for fitting Chapter.

Observe mounting instructions Chapter.
Stick on side window.

Stick on side strip.
Coat the glued surface of the decorative strip with paint primer -D 009 200 02- and apply
glue sealing compound onto the pre-painted decorative strip after drying and glue
decorative strip.
Observe waiting time Chapter.
Prepare new window for fitting
318
Windscreen 05.98
New windscreens are supplied with the sealing profile -PUR-.
1 - Sealing section
Wipe bead application surface with a dry, non-fluffy cloth
2 - Spacer catch
of the sealing profile
Stop for installation of window
3 - Applied bead
Applying bead Chapter
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
319
4 - Glued windscreen
Windscreen 06.98
1 - Glued windscreen
2 - Sealing section
3 - Spacer catch
4 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
5 - Plenum chamber cover
1 - Glued rear window
2 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
3 - Sealing section
1 - Glued rear window
2 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
320
3 - Stop
for installation of window
Side window (Octavia Combi)
1 - Trim strip
affixed to the sealing profile -4 is destroyed without side window when removing
2 - Side window
3 - Applied bead side window
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
4 - Sealing section
5 - Applied bead decorative strip
Respect dimensions:
a = 6 mm
b = 10 mm
Rear window
New windscreens are supplied with the frame sealing profile -PUR-.
1 - Sealing section
2 - Spacer catch
3 - Applied bead
Respect dimensions:
a = 8 mm
b = 12 mm
321
4 - Rear window (tempered glass)
Glue sticker onto the new windscreen

t
Degreased white spirit solution
Note
The sticker with the safety instructions on the windscreen must be replaced with new original part if the
sticker is damaged or when changing the windscreen.
Clean inside of windscreen and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution)
Remove the base paper from the sticker.
Stick sticker -1- onto the inside of the

windscreen
Dimension a = 102 mm (from the border of the
ceramic layer)
Mounting instructions
WARNING
Do not treat the sealing profile with primer or cleaning solution.
322
Apply a thin layer of

activator -AMV 181 800 02 onto the sealing profile -2with the aid of the applicator
-1--D 009 500 25- (felt ball
on wire).
Allow activator to work in
for at least 10 minutes.
Prepare flange for fitting
Cut back hardened PUR with the aid of e.g. the glass scraper SC - 170 or the straightening knife SB - 531
to approx. 1 mm thickness.
Apply a thin coat of activator to the cut back glue layer.
Allow activator to work in for at least 10 minutes.

Note
The remainder of the hardened adhesive cement serves as a base for newly applied adhesive cement. Keep
the surfaces to be glued clean and free from grease.
t The activator must not come into contact with paintwork, otherwise it will be damaged.
If the flange was only partly replaced or if the paintwork was damaged clean this area again after painting
t
and treat with primer.
t
Glueing
After completing the preparations cut the nozzle for applying the glue into shape as shown in the figure.
Dimension -a- 12 mm.
Bead width 8 mm.
Application direction -arrow-.

Note
t The bead section is dependent on the section of the nozzle and the application speed.
When using a 1K window pane adhesive -DH 009 100- or -DH 009 100 03-, preheat the glue cartridges
t
for 20 minutes in the warming box -V.A.G 1939A-.
t When using a 2K window pane adhesive -DH 004 300 05- mix the components with mixer -D 009 700-.
WARNING
323
Comply with the manufacturer's handling instructions.

Note
Use disposable gloves when working with glues and adhesive materials.
Apply the adhesive cement to the sealing section -1- perpendicularly to the window surface and all
around it.
Note
t
t
Apply adhesive cement at a temperature of 10 to 30C.

Open all vehicle windows before fitting the window into the frame.
Insert the window in the frame using double nipple gripper (V.A.G 1344), centre and press onto the
spacer catches.
WARNING
Fit the window immediately as otherwise the adhesive properties of the glue decrease considerably.
Insert window in frame with positioning wedges if necessary eccentrics (applies for windscreen).
Fix the window during hardening process with adhesive tape.
Any adhesive cement which was applied too thickly and is pressed out up to the heating filaments of the
rear window heating must be removed.
324
Waiting time
Note
t Waiting time: From fitting of the window until the vehicle is put into service.
The vehicle must stand on a flat surface during the waiting period at an ambient temperature above
t
15C.
A higher temperature and a greater relative humidity shorten the waiting time for the glue sealing
t
compound to harden.
Window type
Vehicle
Window pane adhesive
Waiting time
with airbag
DH 009 100
16 hours
Windscreen
DA 004 600 A2
3 hours
without airbag
DH 009 100
4 hours
DA 004 600 A2
3 hours
DH 009 100
4 hours
Side windows
DA 004 600 A2
3 hours
Rear window
DH 009 100
4 hours
WARNING
The vehicle is only safe for driving after the waiting time has expired.
Eliminating paint damage
The paint structure must be restored in accordance with the instructions in the Paint Repairs handbook
and if necessary anti-corrosion measures must be carried out according to the applicable repair technology
of koda.
325
Remove adhesive cement and clean
It is recommended to use glue remover -D 002 000 10-. Observe safety regulations while working.
WARNING
When cleaning the vehicle interior do not press against the freshly glued window.
Clean the paint surfaces with a dry cloth. Remove the glue residue with glue remover -D 002 000 10-.
Clean plastic coverings:

Allow the adhesive cement to harden (for approximately 1 hour) and then pull off.
Glue self-adhesive foil 4x4 onto the heatable rear window
Materials
t
Note
When working wear recommended proper protection (protective gloves).
Clean inside of tailgate windscreen and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution).
Moisten inner window with water.
Remove the base paper from the sticker.
Stick the sticker onto the moistened inner

window.
Dimension -a- 125 mm.
Dimension -b- 125 mm.
Position -c-: Letters CTA must be on the
second heatable line from below.

Position -d-: The number 4 must be on the
third heatable line from below.

Smoothen writing over the applicator paper.
Remove applicator paper.
If necessary smoothen writing again (e.g. with
rubber cylinder).
Adhesive is dried after approx. one hour.
Remove self-adhesive foil 4x4 from the heatable rear window

Note
Observe undamagability of the heated cross-wire for the rear window.
t When working wear recommended proper protection (protective gloves).

If necessary use the work sequence Chapter.
Materials
326
Glue remover 3M Scotchcal 221
Slightly shake glue remover content and pour the specified quantity into the reservoir.
Apply a layer of glue remover evenly onto the foil with a brush or a roller.
Allow to work for approx. 15 minutes (glue remover forms a cohesive layer of jelly).
Remove foil in a sharp angle through extensive pulling.

Clean surface with spirit solution.
327
Exterior equipment
Trim panels
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 05.98
1Spreader clip
Two-piece.
Two-piece.
Removing:
Remove windscreen wipers.
Unscrew top part of spreader
clips -1- a few turns and pull
out spreader clips.
Pull off the windscreen
washer hoses.
Remove cover parts.
reverse order.
3 - Windscreen washer hose
4 - Cooling-water tank seal
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover 06.98
328

Two-piece.
Clipped into windscreen
sealing section -5-.
Removing:
Remove windscreen wipers.
Remove the right cover part
in the overlapping location
with the left cover part

-arrows- by pulling them in
the direction of the window.
Remove left cover part.
Pull off the windscreen
washer hoses.
reverse order.
2 - Cooling-water tank seal
3 - Windscreen washer hose
4Windscreen
5 - Windscreen sealing section
329
Protective strips
Removing and installing protective side strips
1 - Front door protective strip
self-adhesive
2 - Rear door protective strip
self-adhesive
Removing
Heat adhesive protective side
strip with a hot air blower for
plastic (e.g. -V.A.G 1416-)
and pull off.
Install
Clean the adherend on the
outer panel with petrol, treat
with a silicone remover and
wipe dry.
Mark out the position of the
protective side strips on the
vehicle.
a = 205 mm
b = 237 mm
Note
If there are other protective
side strips on the vehicle, align
the protective side strips to be
replaced according to them.
Remove protective foil,
position the protective side
strip and press on with force
(before pressing on check
whether the position of the
protective side strip has
changed). The temperature of
the outer panel and the
protective side strips must be
of approx. 40C.
330
Wheelhouse liner
Removing and installing the front wheelhouse liner
Removing
Unscrew wheel, Mon = 110 Nm.

Remove torx screws -2- (1 Nm).
Pull out wheelhouse liner -1-.
Note
For vehicles with engine identification characters
ATD, ARZ, ARX, AUM, AUQ: When removing
the wheelhouse liner, the wheelhouse noise
insulation panel -3- can fall out. It must be reinserted, if necessary replace.
Install
Removing and installing the rear wheelhouse liner
Removing
331
Unscrew wheel, Mon = 110

Nm.
Remove torx screws -2- (1
Nm).
Pull out wheelhouse liner
-1-.
Install
reverse order.
332
Roof drip moulding

Removing and installing roof drip moulding
1 - Roof drip moulding

2Retaining clip
replace if damaged
Press together retaining clips
with pliers and remove from
the T bolt
3T bolt
welded on the body
4 - Front end piece
5Rivet
6Holding strip
7Cover strip
8Cover
Clipped in.
Covers the roof rack
supports.
9Rear end piece
Removing
Lever off roof drip moulding
-1- from the retaining clips
-2- with device -3409(plastic wedge).
Install
Align roof drip moulding
and press into retaining clips
using the palms of the hand.
333
Rear-view mirror
Summary of components of rear-view mirror
1Cover
remove in right angle to the door frame

When removing and installing, separate or install the plug connection from the front treble speaker (if
present).
2Gasket
310 Nm
4Clip
5Door
6Mirror housing
7Mirror glass
Clipped on for both versions (manual and electric adjustment).
Removing:
Disconnect electric plug connection for electric mirror heating (if available).
Press out the mirror glass, first at the bottom then at the top (removal tool -MP 8-506- or -MP 8-602/1-).
334
Protect the mirror housing from damage.

Installing:
Note
Make sure you only press the center of the glass - protective gloves must be worn.
8Activation (manual)
9Nut
10 Screw
for manual mirror adjustment
2 Nm
11 Operating button
fitted on the operating mechanism

12 Plug connection
for electric mirror adjustment

13 Retaining clip
335
Trailer coupling
Summary of components trailer coupling
1-
Trailer coupling frame
Removing:
Remove trailer arm -4-.

Insert the blind plug -3- in the trailer arm
hole.
Remove the rear bumper Chapter.
Remove power socket -7-.
Remove screws -2-.

order.
Note
The trailer couplings manufactured by

PEKA and by PROF-SVAR are removed and
installed in the same way as there are only
minor differences in shape and function of
the components.
2-
Bolt with spring washer, 80 Nm
3-
Blind plug
Insert in trailer arm hole.

4-
Trailer arm
Removing:
Open lock on trailer arm hole.
Remove arm.
Insert the blind plug -3- in the trailer arm
hole.

order.
5-
Screw
67-
Washer
Power socket
Removing:
Release screws -5-.

336
Disconnect electrical installation.

order.
Note
Use the type of power socket and the

electric installation according to the
relevant national legislation.
8-
Support
9-
2.5 Nm
10 -
Grommet for electric installation
337
Roof rack
Summary of components of roof rack (Octavia Combi)
1t
Roof rack
Removing:
338
Remove cover Item.
Unscrew screws Item, lay aside threaded plates Item and take out roof rack.
t

Note
Holes for roof railing are on all the vehicles.

2-
8 Nm
34t
Cover
Threaded plate
Removing:
Remove cover Item.
Unscrew screws Item, lay aside roof rack Item and take out threaded plates.
t
5-

Roof drip moulding
339
Roof spoiler
Summary of the components - for the complete rear spoiler
123-
Rear spoiler
5 Nm
Adhesive cement
Removing and installing complete rear spoiler

t 4 pin screws (approximately 15 mm long, sharply grinded at tip)
t
Drill 6 mm
t
Cutting wire with holder
t Adhesive cement -Terostat 9120- - white part no. HHA 381 013
t Universal cleaning solution part no. HHA 381 011
Removing the spoiler
Unscrew fixing screws from spoiler.

Cut off the spoiler from the tailgate (cut through the adhesive cement).
Remove the spoiler.

Installing the spoiler
340
Screw the pin screws into the spoiler.
Position the spoiler in the specified position:

a = 867 mm (measured from the window edge
to the spoiler edge)
Centre the spoiler on the tailgate.
Press the spoiler evenly, until pin screw tips are
pressed off in the paintwork.

Remove spoiler from the tailgate and make
holes for screws on the points marked by the
pin screws in the spoiler.
Remove pin screws.

Clean holes and protect against corrosion.
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as
the tailgate with universal cleaning agent while
observing the instructions for the adhesive
cement issued by the manufacturer.
Apply the adhesive cement all around the

coloured spoiler surface while observing the
instructions issued by the manufacturer.
Push the spoiler onto the tailgate and install the
fixing screws (5 Nm).

Remove any dirt present using a cleaner.
Note
The adhesive cement must dry for 2 hours. Do
not drive the vehicle in this time.
Do not drive into the carwash within 24 hours
t
of gluing on the spoiler.
t
341
Self-adhesive foils Octavia RS WRC

Important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils
Note
This work procedure requires a second mechanic.

t
t
t
t

Shampoo solution (98% water, 2% shampoo)
Hot-air blower e.g. -HLG - 600Technical petrol
Prepare vehicle surface
Clean vehicle surface and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution).
Spray vehicle surface with shampoo solution.
Prepare self-adhesive foils
Remove base paper from the self-adhesive foil.
Spray self-adhesive foil Item with shampoo solution when removing the applicator paper.
Rework the foils after glueing
Smoothen the foil with a spatula.
Dry foil with hot-air blower at an air temperature of max. 100C.
Remove the auxiliary markings according to the type of foil.

Note
Do not drive into the carwash within 24 hours after sticking on the foils.
Remove self-adhesive foil
Heat the foils which must be removed with hot-air blower at an air temperature of max. 100C.
Remove foils in a sharp angle through extensive pulling.
Clean off glue residues of foil from the vehicle with technical petrol.
Summary of components of side self-adhesive foils
Note
t Pay attention to the important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
342
12t
Use shampoo solution for glueing (98% water, 2% shampoo).
Rear shadow bumper

Rear bumper
Painted part
3-
Side shadow
4-
Fuel tank lid
5-
Rear side window shadow
6-
Rear side window feature
7-
Rear side window shadow
8-
Rear side window feature
9-
Rear door feature
spray with shampoo solution when removing the applicator paper

343
10 -
Shadow of the feature eyelet
11 -
Front door writing
12 -
Writing Years of Motorsport
13 t
Front bumper
Painted part
14 -
Front shadow bumper
Stick on side self-adhesive foils

Rear door feature
Remove rear door handle Chapter.
Remove the fuel-tank lid unit Chapter.
Remove the rear door window seals Chapter.

Stick on auxiliary marking (green colour)
-arrows- in the specified position:
-b- = about 148 mm from the rear door
edge.
Install the rear door window seals

Chapter.
Stick on feature -9- in the specified

position:
The feature top side must be flush with

the window seal - bottom side.
Observe the distance -a- = about 187

mm from the rear door edge.
Cut and unglue the remainder of the

auxiliary marking -arrows-.
Cut the foil -9- along the rear door (the

foil projection at the pillar C amounts to
approx. 4 mm).
Cut out an opening for the tank filler
neck with projection (approx. 4 mm).
Form out foil projections.
Cut out an opening for the door handle
catch.
Form out the foil with hot-air blower in

344
the area of the door handle catch in the

door rib and in the area of the fuel tank
cap.
Install rear door handle Chapter.
Install fuel-tank lid unit Chapter.
Side shadow
Stick on the side shadow -3- in the

specified position:
-a- = approx. 12 mm.
Cut the foils -3- along the rear door (the

projection at the pillar C amounts to
approx. 4 mm).
Form out the foil projections

corresponding to the pillar C.
Stick on shadow -10- in the middle of the

foil eyelet.
Self-adhesive foils on the rear window.
Stick on the side shadow -5- with

distance -b- (approx. 12 mm) from the
feature top side rear door -9-.
Stick on side window feature -6- with
distance -b- (approx. 12 mm) from the
side shadow top side -5-.
345
Stick on the side shadow -7- according to

the auxiliary marking of the feature -6-arrow A-.
Stick on side window feature -8according to the auxiliary markings of

the shadow -7--arrows B-.
Cut the foils -5-, -6-, -7- and -8- along the
rear door (the projection at the pillar C
amounts to approx. 4 mm).
Form out the foil projections
corresponding to the pillar C.
Writing 100 on the front doors
Stick on writing -11- on the upper edge of

the rib for the protective side strip and
observe dimensions:
Right door: -a- = approx. 265 mm

Left door: -b- = approx. 56 mm
Writing Years of Motorsport on the front
doors
346
Stick on writing Years of Motorsport in

the auxiliary markings -arrows- of the
writing -11-.
Summary of components of roof and engine hood self-adhesive foil

Note
t Pay attention to the important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
t
Use shampoo solution for glueing (98% water, 2% shampoo).
347
1q
234567-
Front bumper
Painted part
Writing Years of Motorsport
Grey writing 100 years of Motorsport
Red writing 100
Writing WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM
Side features
Middle feature
8-
Side writing koda Auto
9-
Rear writing koda Auto
10 11 q
Writing V100
Rear bumper
Painted part
348
Stick on roof and engine hood self-adhesive foils
Writing koda Auto

Note
Do not interchange the right and left side when glueing.
Glue the writing -8- of the dummy plug for the

roof rack starting from the rear according to the
auxiliary markings -arrow-:
the left side of the letter -othe right side of the letter -Fit together the writing koda Auto-8- with
the roof drip moulding according to the
auxiliary markings.
Feature koda Auto
Glue on the outer middle feature -7- in the roof
centre according to the auxiliary markings.

Stick on the inner middle feature in the centre
of the outer feature according to the auxiliary
markings.
Writing WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM and side
features
Mark the centre of the roof edge above the
front window.
Stick on the writing -5- on the roof centre (arrow A- marks the middle of the writing -5-).
Place the writing -5- according to auxiliary
markings simultaniously to the roof edge
-arrows-.
Stick on the outer side features in the corner of
the roof according to the auxiliary markings.

Stick on the inner side features in the centre of
the outer feature according to the auxiliary
markings.
Writing koda Auto and writings on the side
V100
Mark the centre of the roof edge above the rear
window.
349
Stick on the writing -9- on the roof centre (arrow B- marks the middle of the writing -9-).
Place the writing -9- according to auxiliary
markings simultaniously to the roof edge
-arrows-.
Stick on writings V100 according to
auxiliary markings.
Writing 100 Years of Motorsport on the engine
hood
Mark the following points on the engine hood:

-a- = approx. 215 mm
-b- = approx. 73 mm
-c- = approx. 395 mm (measured from the edge
of the engine hood to the lower edge of the
character -t-)
Stick the foil -3- onto the engine hood
according to the marked points.

Stick the foils -2- and -4- into the writing -3
according to the auxiliary markings.
Summary of components of self-adhesive foils for rear bumper
350
Note
Pay attention to the important instructions

for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
1
2-
Rear bumper
Painted part
Left shadow for rear bumper
3 - Writing WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM
4-
Right shadow for rear bumper
Stick on self-adhesive foils for front and rear bumper
Glue a 12 mm wide auxiliary band -1- (e.g out

of textile) below the paint surfaces of the front
and rear bumper. If necessary, mark the 12 mm
distance from the paint surfaces.
Mark the centre of the rear bumper.
Mark the centre of the writing
WWW.SKODA-AUTO.COM.
Stick on the writing -3- in the centre of the
bumper.
Place the writing -3- onto the lower edge of the
auxiliary marking -1-.

Stick on the shadow for the rear bumper -2
and -4-:
-a- = approx. 12 mm from the first and last
character edge of the writing -3-.
If necessary remove the auxiliary band -1-.
Glueing the shadow front bumper is identical to
the rear bumper, whereby the following must be
observed:
A projection of approx. 5 mm in the frame for the
vehicle identification plate.
Stick on the self-adhesive foils for the doors and the centre pillar
351
Note
Pay attention to the important instructions for glueing self-adhesive foils Chapter.
Lower the front and rear door windows.

Partly remove the window seals from the front and rear doors.
Front door
Stick foil -1- onto the front door.
Place the upper edge of the foil -1 simultaneously with the edge of the
window hole, whereby the projection -a= 5 mm must be kept.
Rear door
Stick the foil onto the rear door.
Place the upper edge of the foil 1

simultaneously with the edge of the
window hole, whereby the projection of 5
mm must be kept.
Centre pillar
Stick foil -1- onto the centre pillar.
Position the lower edge of the foil -1simultaneously with the lower edge of
the foil -2--arrows-.
Install window seals for the front and
rear doors.
Pull up the front and rear door windows.
352
Rear spoiler (for vehicles Octavia Sedan 4x4)

123-
Rear spoiler
Fitting sleeve
Adhesive cement

t
Cutting wire with holders e.g. -V.A.G 1351t Adhesive cement -Terostat 9120- - white part no. HHA 381 013
t
Cleaning solution -HHA 381 011Removing the spoiler
Remove the spoiler.

Installing the spoiler
353
Remove dowel sleeve -1- and clips -2- from

the spoiler.
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as
the tailgate with universal cleaning agent -D
009 401 04- while observing the instructions

for the adhesive cement issued by the
manufacturer.
Apply the adhesive cement all around the
spoiler while observing the instructions issued
by the manufacturer.
Push the spoiler onto the tailgate (4.7 1 mm
from the tailgate edge to the spoiler edge).

The dimension 4.7 1 mm must be the same on
the left and the right side of the tailgate.
Secure position of the rear apron with adhesive
tape.
Note
The glue sealing mass must dry for 24 hours.

Do not drive the vehicle in this time.
t
t
354
Rear spoiler (for vehicles Octavia Combi RS)

1234-
Adhesive cement
Spring holder
Rear spoiler
Additional brake light

t
t
t
Cutting wire with holders e.g. -V.A.G 1351Adhesive cement -Terostat 9120- - white part no. HHA 381 013
Universal cleaning solution part no. HHA 381 011
Removing
Remove centre trim panel of tailgate Chapter.

Slacken two spring holders from the tailgate.
Detach plug for additional brake light and hose for spray nozzle and remove spoiler.
Note
Do not damage the painted surfaces.

355
Install
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as the tailgate with universal cleaning agent
-HHA 381 011- while observing the instructions for the adhesive cement issued by the
manufacturer.
Apply the adhesive cement -1- all around

the spoiler while observing the
instructions issued by the manufacturer.
Connect the hose for the spray nozzle

and the plug for the additional brake
light.
Place the spoiler onto the tailgate
according to the spring holders (4.7 1
mm from the tailgate edge to the spoiler
edge).
The dimension 4.7 1 mm must be the
same on the left and the right side of the
tailgate.
Secure position of the rear apron with

adhesive tape.
Install centre trim panel of tailgate

Chapter.
Note
The glue sealing mass must dry for 24

t hours. Do not drive the vehicle in this
time.
t
Do not drive into the carwash within 24

hours of gluing on the spoiler.
Remove and install additional brake light (for vehicles Octavia Combi RS)

t Universal cleaning solution part no. HHA 381 011
t
Silicone sealant -Wrth 892 310 91Removing
Cut off the upper surface of the additional brake light from the rear spoiler and tear off the additional
brake light towards the bottom.
Remove additional brake light from the spoiler.
Remove the plug for the additional brake light.

Install
Clean the seating area of the spoiler as well as the additional brake light with universal cleaning agent
HHA 381 011 while observing the instructions for the adhesive cement issued by the manufacturer.
356
Apply silicone sealant -1- to the spoiler while

observing the instructions of the manufacturer.
Connect the plug for the additional brake light.
Insert the additional brake light in the spoiler.
Secure position of the additional brake light
with adhesive tape.
Note
The adhesive cement must dry for 2 hours. Do

not drive the vehicle in this time.
t
t
357
Decorative sheets TAXI

Stick on decorative sheets and remove

t
t
Technical petrol
t
Shampoo solution (98% water, 2% shampoo)
t
Hot-air blower
Stick on
Clean front and rear doors and degrease (e.g with degreased white spirit solution).
Spray front and rear doors with shampoo solution.

Remove base paper from self-adhesive foils
-1-.
Stick self-adhesive foils -1- onto the front and
rear doors, pay attention to the following
points:
Place the upper edges of the foils onto the lower
edge of the door window seal.
Dimension a = 90 mm (joint between front/rear
door).
Wrap the projecting foil parts -1- around the
door edges (approx. 10 mm).

If necessary smoothen the foils (e.g. with
rubber cylinder).
The process for the right doors is identical.
Note
after sticking on the foils.
Remove
Heat the foils which must be removed with hot
air blower at an air temperature of max. 100C.
Remove foils in a sharp angle through
extensive pulling.
Clean vehicle surface with technical petrol.
358
Dimensions of holes for roof sign TAXI

Summary of components of roof sign TAXI
12-
Nut
Washer
3-
Rubber base
4-
Roof sign TAXI
567-
Support
9 Nm
Bracket for roof sign TAXI
8-
7 Nm
9-
T-pin
a-
35 mm
b-
7.3 mm
359
c-
88 mm
Valid for Octavia Combi
Measure from the fifth T-pin
d-
11 mm
Valid for Octavia
Measure from the sixth T-pin
Brake off T-pin Item after making the holes.
The diameter of the hole for screws and cables is 6 mm.

Note
360
Interior equipment
Interior rear-view mirror
Removing and installing the interior rear-view mirror
Removing
Turn the interior rear-view mirror -2- in

-direction of arrow A- and dislodge from the
retaining plate -1- (clamping springs in mirror

base plate).
Install
Insert the interior rear-view mirror by approx.
90 turn to the right into the retaining plate -1-.

Turn the interior rear-view mirror -2- in
-direction of arrow B-, until the catch spring
locks.
Repairing with glue
Material:
t
Glue set -D 000 703 A1Tools:
t
Glass scraper e.g. -SC 170On the outside of the windscreen, mark the position of the retaining plate, using a felt-tip pen for
example.
Remove retaining plate from the mirror pedestal.

Remove old glue with wire brush from the retaining plate.
Place 360-400 grade sandpaper on a flat surface and sand the three separating knobs on the bonding
surface.
Sanded surfaces must be clean and free from grease.

Using the glass scraper, scrape the old glue and primer residues down to the ceramic layer on the
windscreen.
Clean the bonding surface with cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-.
WARNING
Do not damage the ceramic layer, as scratches will be permanently visible.
Cut a piece of nylon net fabric to the exact size of the mirror pedestal.
Note
A protective glove (rubber) must be worn.
Apply a generous layer of glue evenly on the retaining plate.
Fit a piece of nylon net fabric onto the retaining plate.

Continue applying adhesive by dabbing with the tube on the nylon.
Once the nylon is placed on the glue, you only have 30 seconds to press it onto the windscreen.
361
Press the retaining plate steadily onto the windscreen for 15 seconds (do not force).
Remove excess glue with a cloth.

Note
Mount the interior rear-view mirror after 15 minutes.
Removing and installing the interior mirror with rain sensor

t
Plastic wedge -3409Removing
Press apart pedestal halves -1- and -5- with the
aid of the -3409-.

Take connector -3- out of pedestal and
separate.
Pull pedestal -4- with mirror -6- downwards
and away from retaining plate -2--arrow-.

Install
Note
After removing the rain sensor (for example
changing the windscreen) a new rain sensor must
be installed so that perfect functioning can be
guaranteed.
Attaching the pedestal retaining plate
Note
By applying the following repair procedure,
t you can avoid having to replace the windscreen
as done previously.
It is possible to reuse the old, fallen off
t
retaining plate.
Preparing windscreen
On the outside of the windscreen, mark the
position of the retaining plate, using a felt-tip
pen for example.
Any remaining glue or primer must be
removed down to the ceramic layer.

WARNING
Do not damage the ceramic layer, as scratches
will be permanently visible.
Clean the bonding surface with cleaning
solution -D 009 401 04-.

Leave to dry for min. 10 minutes.
Apply primer -D 009 200 02- to the glass.
Leave to dry for min: 10 minutes up to max. 1
hour.
362
Preparing the retaining plate for adhesive

Remove any residual adhesive.
Sand the adhesive surface with very fine
sandpaper (grade 800 - 1200).

Clean the bonding surface with cleaning
solution -D 009 401 04-.

Attaching the retaining plate
Apply adhesive -D 180 KD2 A1- directly to the
bonding surface of the retaining plate.

Glue bead diameter approx. 3 mm.
Immediately after application, press the
retaining plate onto the windscreen.
Arrange the retaining plate within the position
provided on the ceramic layer, and secure with
adhesive tape.
Carefully remove the adhesive tape after about
one hour.
Remove excess glue with a cloth and clean
with a cleaning solution.

Note
The interior rear-view mirror can be mounted

after a minimum of 2.5 minutes.
363
Storage areas, covers, trim panels

Summary of components of centre console 08.96
1-
Cigarette lighter
2-
Holder for cigarette

lighter
3-
Front ashtray
4 - Gearshift lever knob

5
Cover for gearshift
Clipped into centre

console.
6-
1.5 Nm
7-
Centre console
Removing:
Remove covering for the

handbrake lever
Chapter.
Remove gearshift lever

knob -4-.
Unclip cover -5- and

remove upwards.
Unscrew nuts -8-.
Release screws -6-.
Lift rear centre console

from the threaded bores
-9- and lift off from the
gearshift lever.
the reverse order.
89-
2 Nm
Screw-tucker
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.96
364
Covering for the hand

brake lever
Removing:
Apply handbrake.
Pull the collar -2- towards
the top out of the clip
connection.
Pull out the rear ashtray -3
towards the top.
Release screws -4-.
Pull the covering for the
handbrake lever towards the
rear and then remove it to the
top from the handbrake lever.
reverse order.
Collar for the handbrake
2lever
Clipped into centre console.
To remove pull collar over
the handbrake lever.

3Rear ashtray
41.5 Nm
1-
Removing and installing footwell covering on driver's side
Removing:
365
Screw out the screws.

Pull footwell covering -1
out of holders -2-.
Installing:
reverse order.
Summary of components of centre console 08.98
1-
Collar for the shift lever
2 - Damping for gearshift (only for SDI)

3-
Surround
4-
Shift cover
5-
Front ashtray
67-
1.4 Nm
Centre console
Removing:
Remove covering for the handbrake lever

Chapter.
Pull out ashtray insert.
Remove collar for shift lever -1-.
Take off shift cover -4- including frame

-3-.
Screw out screws -6- and remove front

ashtray.
Release screws -8-.

366
Carefully slacken the trim panel of the 6

supports which connect the centre
console to the middle of the dash panel,
using a thin screwdriver.
Remove the trim panel from the supports

towards the rear and pull it over the
gearshift lever.

order.
8-
1.4 Nm
Summary of components of covering for handbrake lever 08.98
1 - Covering for the hand brake lever

Removing:
Remove armrest Chapter.
Apply handbrake.
Pull the collar -2- towards the top out of

the clip connection.
Pull out the rear ashtray -6- towards the

top.
Release screws -7-.

Disconnect plug connection for cigarette
lighter -4-.
Pull the covering for the handbrake lever
towards the rear and then remove it to
the top from the handbrake lever.

order.
2-
Collar for the handbrake lever
Clipped into centre console.

To remove pull collar over the handbrake
lever.
345-
Grommet with illumination

Cigarette lighter
Cover
367
6-
Rear ashtray
7-
1.4 Nm
Summary of components of the front armrest
1-
Armrest
Removing:
Remove trim panel -2for holder.
Release screw -11-.

the reverse order.
2-
Holder cover
Removing:
Lift off left trim panel

part.
Remove right trim panel

part.

the reverse order.
3-
Adapter
Removing:
Remove armrest -1-.
Release screw -4- and

remove adapter -3-.

the reverse order.
45-
14 Nm
Covering for the hand
brake lever
6-
18 Nm
7-
Support
Removing:
Remove armrest -1-.

368
Remove covering for the

handbrake lever
Chapter.
Release screws -6-.
Remove bracket.

the reverse order.
89-
Plate nut
Adapter - 20 Nm
10 -
18 Nm
11 -
18 Nm
Removing and installing the sun visor
Removing:
Unhook sun visor -5- from the holder -8-.

Lever off cap -3- e.g. using an upholstery pin.
Release screw -2-.

Press sun visor retainer -4- in -the direction of
arrow A- and unhook retainer -4- in -direction
of arrow B-.
Unplug connector -1- for lamp (if present).
Take out sun visor -5-.
Release cap -7-.

Unscrew the screws -6- (2,5 Nm) and remove
the bracket -8-.

Installing:
Removing and installing the rear reading light
Removing:
369
Remove reading light -1- in

the direction of arrow.
Disconnect plug connection
remove light.
Installing:
reverse order.
370
Recessed handle
Removing and installing recessed handle
Removing:
Fold down recessed handle

-1-.
Release caps -3- with
screwdriver and open.

Release the screws -2- (1,5
Nm) and remove the
recessed handle -1-.
Installing:
reverse order.
371
Entrance plates
Removing and installing sill panels
1Clamp
2Entrance plate
Removing:
Pull out entrance plate with
clamps -1- upwards.

Installing:
Make sure the clamps -1- are
correctly positioned on the
entrance plate.
Press the entrance plate and
clamps onto the holders -3-.

3Support
372
Net partition panel

1q
2-
Support
To support the rosette Item.
Screw
373
q
3q
4q
q
15 Nm
Side luggage compartment cover
With hole for rosette Item.
Rosette
To support the retaining bolt for the net partition panel Item.
Inserted in holder Item and trim panel.
56q
7-
Screw
Support
To fix the net partition panel Item to the armrest.
Net partition panel
q To remove from the vehicle, unlock the button Item push it to the right and fold open
-arrow A- (the rear backrests must be folded over in position for removing).
8910 q
11 q
Partition panel pipe

Unlock button
Suspension lugs
Fasten with screws Item to the retaining bracket Item.
Retaining bracket
Fasten with screws Item to the body.
12 q
Screw
15 Nm
13 q
Screw
15 Nm
374
Holder for fire extinguisher

Removing and installing holder for fire extinguisher
The holder/inner part for

fire extinguisher can only
t be removed from the
vehicle when the seat is
removed.
1-
Screw
2-
Seat upholstery
3-
Holder/inner part
Removing:
Remove seat height

adjustment handle
Chapter.
Removing upholstery and
cover from seat
Chapter.
Remove screws -1- and
take out the holder.
Installing:

45-
4.5 Nm
Holder/outer part
Removing:
Unscrew bolts -6- and
remove the holder/outer
part from the
holder/inner part -3-.
Installing:

6-
10 Nm
7-
Protective cover/fire
extinguisher
Removing:
375

remove the protective
case from the
holder/outer part -5-.
Installing:

8-
10 Nm
9-
Seat rack
376
Dimensions of holes for TAXI
Summary of components of printer
1Printer
2Screw
a36 mm
b38 mm
c112 mm
d16 mm
The diameter of the hole is 3 mm. Depth of the
hole 8 mm.
Summary of components of the power

socket
123abcde-
Nut
Socket
Power socket
60 mm
30 mm
4 mm
27.8 mm
16 mm
377
Roof aerial bore for TAXI two-way radio

system
1Radio antenna
a210 mm
The diameter of the hole -b- is 13.2 mm.
Note
Summary of components of switch for

alarm system
1Screw
2Switch for alarm system
3Shim
4Washer
5Nut
6Support
7Recessed axle
8Foot rest
a5 mm
The support -6- is located in the recessed axle -7for the foot rest -8-.
378
Summary of components for the off switch

of the alarm system
1 - Off switch for alarm system

a25 mm
b40 mm
The diameter of the hole for screws is 3 mm
Note
Summary of components of microphone

holder
1Microphone
2Screw
3Microphone holder
a20 mm
b10 mm
c40 mm
The diameter of the hole for screws is 3.5 mm
379
Passenger protection
Seat belts
Removing and installing the front seat belt height adjustment
Note
Inspect seat belts

Chapter.
Remove the trim panels

t of pillar B when
necessary.
1-
Cap
mountable
2-
35 Nm
3 - Top deflection fitting

4-
22 Nm
5-
Seat belt height

adjuster
6-
The belt guide
7-
3 Nm
8-
Nut
Remove and install front inertia reel and front seat belt fitting
380
Note
Inspect seat belts

Chapter.

t of the pillars when
necessary.
Screw the seat belt fitting
on the front seat belt
t
height adjustment on and
off Chapter.
1-
Front inertia reel
2-
35 Nm
3 - Deflection fitting below

4-
35 Nm
5-
Attachment point for

inertia reel
The retaining lugs

determine the position of
the inertia reel
Summary of components of inertia reel with front seat belt tensioner
381
Note
Observe safety measures

Chapter.
Inspect seat belts

Chapter.
Remove trim panels of

pillar B Chapter and
t
entrance plates
Chapter.
Screw the seat belt fitting
on the front seat belt
t
height adjustment on and
off Chapter.
t
Arrow F = direction of
travel.
1-
Inertia reel with front

seat belt tensioner
2-
35 Nm
The seat belt tensioner is

unblocked (activated) by
turning the fixing screw.
3-
35 Nm

5
Inertia reel attachment

point
The retaining lugs

determine the position of
the inertia reel
Summary of components of rear inertia reel
Note
t
Chapter.
t Remove the pillar and

382
side trim panels when

necessary.
1
Belt guide
Inserted in the support of

the luggage
compartment cover
2 - Buckle latch/seat belt

3-
35 Nm

5-
Inertia reel
The bottom deflection -4and the belt guide -1 must be pulled through
the support of the
luggage compartment
cover.
The retaining lugs -7determine the position of

the inertia reel
6-
35 Nm
7-
Retaining lugs
Remove and install rear seat belt height adjuster (Octavia Combi)
383
Note
Inspect seat belts

Chapter.
1-
35 Nm
2-
Cap
Mounted.
3 - Top deflection fitting
4-
1.5 Nm
5-
Top trim panel of

pillar C
Removing Chapter.
67-
Seat belt height

adjuster
22 Nm
Remove and install rear inertia reel (Octavia Combi)
Note
Chapter.
Remove trim panel of

384
pillar C above Chapter.
Removing side trim panel

in luggage compartment
Chapter.
Remove screw -2- and
take out inertia reel.
2-
35 Nm
3-
35 Nm

5-
Holes for the retaining

lugs
Summary of components - middle three-point seat belt at the rear
Note
Arrow = direction of
travel.
Inspect seat belts

Chapter.
The inertia reel is fitted

out with the interlock
system - if the backrest
rack is folded forward,
t the inertia reel is
blocked. The inertia reel
is enabled if the backrest
rack is fully locked in
place.
The retaining lugs
t determine the position of
the inertia reel.
If the backrest is folded
forward, the seat belt is
t
blocked and cannot be
pulled out.
1-
Rear panel
2 - Inertia reel/middle belt

Removing:
385
Remove the bottom

deflection fitting -4-.
Removing upholstery and
cover from seat
Chapter.
Remove nut -7-.

Remove the belt from the
rear panel -1-.
Installing:

3-
35 Nm

5-
Vehicle floor
6-
Belt buckle
Removing:
Fold back the rear panel

-1-.
Remove screw -3-.
Installing:

7-
35 Nm
Safety instructions for work on seat belt tensioners
t All inspection, removal and installation work must only be carried out by properly qualified personnel.
t Belt tensioner units must not be opened or repaired. Only ever use new original parts.
t The belt tensioner units which have fallen on the floor must not be reinstalled in the vehicle.
Seat belt tensioner units which are mechanically damaged (dents, cracks) should always be replaced with
t
original new parts.
Belt tensioners not be disposed of in the usual way for other scrap but must be sent to a specialist
company or to the importer for disposal in compliance with instructions from PST and environmental
t
protection regulations. This also applies to ignited belt tensioners (one cannot determine with absolute
certainty whether all of the 3 pyrotechnic charges on the belt tensioners have been ignited).
t The prescribed packaging should be used for storage and transport.
The belt tightener units should be installed immediately after being removed from their transport
t
packaging.
t Place the seat belt tensioner unit back in the transport packaging if the work is interrupted.
386
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
It is not permitted to leave the seat belt tensioner unattended.

The seat belt tensioner unit must not be treated with grease, cleaning agents or similar products, and it
must not be exposed to temperatures above 100C, not even for short periods.
The seat belt tensioner units must not be subject to impacts.
The seat belt tensioners must be removed before starting repair work (cutting, straightening and body
panelling work etc.).
Both seat belt tensioners together with the seat belts (the seat belts do not roll out anymore) must be
replaced following a car accident in which the seat belt tensioners were deployed.
As long as the seat belts are in their basic position (not in use) the seat belts are blocked and cannot be
deployed.
Before disposing of vehicles, the seat belt tensioners must be removed and sent for disposal in accordance
with the specifications.
Do not use impact screw drivers to remove or install the seat belt tensioners.
Removing and installing the front seat belt buckle
Remove front seat

Chapter.
1 - Front seat belt buckle

2-
22 Nm
3-
Fixing piece
4 - Intermediate piece
5-
40 Nm
6-
Distance piece
Removing and installing the rear seat belt buckle
387
Fold rear seat bench

forwards
140 Nm
2 - Rear seat belt buckle
340 Nm
4Lap belt fitting
Removing and installing belt guide
Remove the rear deflection fitting Chapter.
Unhook the catch peg of

the belt guide -1- with
screwdriver.
Note
The catch peg is

t accessible from the
luggage compartment.
t
The catch peg locks in

the inertia reel.
Remove the guide belt
-1- from the inertia reel
-arrow-.
388
Inspect seat belts
WARNING
The seat belt system must be inspected after every accident! If one of the inspection points reveals any
damage inform the customer that the seat belts must be replaced with new original parts.
Inspection points:
l
Check seat belt.
l
Check inertia reel - locking mechanism.
l
Seat belt buckle - visual inspection.
l
Seat belt buckle - functional check.
l
Check deflection fittings and buckle latch.
l
Check fixing parts and fixing points.
l
Check inertia reel.
Note
Make a special note should the customer refuse to have a damaged seat belt replaced.
Checking the seat belt
Completely unreel the seat belt from the inertia reel or from the lap belt adjusting strip.
Check seat belt for:

l Soiling, if necessary wash with a mild detergent.
l
Torn fraying on the edge of the belt.
l
Cuts, tears or chafing spots.
l
Cigarette burn stains or holes etc.
If there is damage, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
Checking the inertia reel - locking mechanism
The inertia reel has two locking functions.
The first locking function is activated when the belt is drawn rapidly out of the inertia reel (belt
t
withdrawal acceleration).
Test
Draw the seat belt out of the inertia reel with a sudden sharp pull.
l If locking mechanism does not work - replace seat belt together with buckle with a new original part.
First check whether the belt feeds out and retracts smoothly, and whether the position of the inertia reel
l
has changed.
The second locking function is activated by a change in the vehicle's motion (vehicle-dependent locking
l
function).
Test
Put on seat belt.

Accelerate to 20 km/h and perform a full brake with the brake pedal.
Replace the seat belt and buckle with a new original part if the locking device does not lock the belt
l
during braking.
WARNING
For safety reasons, carry out this test on a section of road with no traffic so as not to endanger other road
users.
Seat belt buckle - visual inspection
Check belt buckle for fractures and flaking.

l If there is damage, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
Seat belt buckle - functional check
389
Checking seat belt buckle:

Insert buckle latch in the belt buckle until there is an audible click. Check whether the locking mechanism
engages, by tugging forcefully on the seat belt.

If the buckle latch fails to lock into the buckle even once out of at least five tests, replace the seat belt and
l
buckle with a new orginal part.
Check buckle release:
Release seat belt by pressing the seat belt buckle button.
If the belt is loose, the latch must eject independently from the belt buckle.
Test at least 5 times. If the buckle latch fails to eject even once, replace the seat belt and buckle with a
l
new original part.
WARNING
Never use lubricants to make seat buckle buttons quieter or easier to operate.
Checking deflection fittings and buckle latches
When the belt system is burdened (seat belt attached in an accident) plastic-coated fittings will display fine
parallel score marks. Normal wear and tear due to frequent use is recognisable by smooth, even wear,
without scoring.
Check the plastic for deformation, flaking and cracking.
l In the event of scoring and/or damage, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
Checking fixingings and fixing points
t
Buckle flange deformed (stretched)
t
Height adjuster does not work.
t Fixing points (seat, pillar, vehicle floor) warped, or thread damaged.
l If the parts are damaged, replace seat belt and buckle with a new original part.
l
Replace fixing points.
Note
If there is damage not due to an accident, for example normal wear and tear, it is only necessary to replace
the part concerned with a new original part.
390
Airbag system
Note
Self-diagnosis for the airbag system Chapter.
Overview
of fitting
locations
1 - Airbag
warning
light (K 75)
removing Chapter
391
Safety precautions when carrying out repairs on the airbag system

t
Inspection, installation and repair work must only be carried out by properly qualified
personnel for removal and installation of the airbag.
Only operations described in this Workshop Manual may be carried out. It is absolutely
prohibited to disassemble the airbag units.
WARNING
The pyrotechnic propellant of the airbag units contains toxic substances. There is a risk of
explosion if the airbag unit is improperly handled!
Disconnect the earth strap of the battery before carrying out any work on the airbag
system. After disconnecting the battery it is essential to wait one minute. The ignition must
t
be switched on when connecting the airbag system to a power source and no person should
be present inside the vehicle.
The mechanic should electrically discharge himself before picking up (touching) the airbag
t unit. This is done by touching earthed metal parts, such as e.g. water pipes or heating
pipes.
t
The airbag units should be installed immediately after being removed from the
transportation packaging.
t If work is interrupted, place the airbag unit back in the transportation packaging.
t
It is not permitted to leave the airbag unit unattended.
When removed, the driver and passenger side airbag units should be stored in such a way
that the active side is facing upwards.
When removed, the side airbag units should be stored in such a way that the information
carrier is facing upwards.
Airbag units that have been dropped on a hard surface, or which are otherwise damaged,
must not be fitted.
Defective airbag units of the airbag system which have not been ignited must be returned
for disposal to a specialist company or to the importer in accordance with the instructions of
t
PST and environmental protection regulations. The specified transportation packaging
should be used for this purpose.
t
t
t
The airbag units must not be treated with grease, cleaning agents or similar products, and
must not be exposed to temperatures above 100 C, not even for short periods.
Dispose of the airbag units before scrapping the vehicle Chapter.
Inspections of the airbag system must only be performed with the test and measurement
equipment provided as otherwise there is a risk of the airbag unit being activated.
Furthermore the following basic guidelines apply to the side airbag units:
392
The use of commercially available protective seat covers is prohibited. The protective seat
cover impairs the operation of the side airbag.
After exchanging the backrest cover, all harpoon clips must be replaced with new original
clips.
New harpoon clips must be fixed in the same fitting position as the clips were before
exchanging.
In the event of damage to the backrest upholstery through tears, burn holes etc., the cover
must always be replaced with a new original part for safety reasons.
After actuating the side airbag, the backrest upholstery must always be replaced with a new
original part.
Replacement of airbag units following an accident

Registering parts of the airbag system
If a part of the airbag system is to be replaced using original parts the self-adhesive labels
with the number should be removed, placed on registration card no. 000 010 100 A and sent
in for registration to the customer service network (domestic) or the importer (in the case of
other countries). The replacement of these parts must be recorded in the service schedule:
t
t
t
t
t
Central control unit for the airbag system

Driver airbag unit
Passenger-side airbag unit
Driver side airbag unit
Driver side backrest upholstery
Front seat passenger side airbag unit
Front passenger side backrest upholstery
Crash sensor side airbag on the driver's side.
Crash sensor side airbag on the front passenger's side
Accident with deployment of airbag

t
The following should always be replaced:

-Control unit1)
-Driver side airbag unit2)
-Front passenger side airbag unit2)
-Side airbag unit on the driver's side 2)
-Side airbag unit on the front passenger side 2)
-Restoring ring with slip ring3)
-Driver side seat belt tensioner with seat belt2)
393
-Front passenger side seat belt tensioner with seat belt 2)

-Crash sensor side airbag4)
1)
If the side airbag has been ignited, the control unit can be used again - up to three times
(only valid for vehicles 09.00 ) Chapter.
2)
In the event of ignition.
3)
In the event of ignition of the driver airbag unit.
4)
In the event of ignition of the side airbag unit.
t If necessary (visual inspection) replace all damaged parts with new original parts.
t
If the airbag control unit and other damaged parts are replaced it is necessary to code the
control unit again Chapter.
Accident without deployment of airbag unit

t
If no fault is indicated by the airbag warning light -K 75-, it is not necessary to replace any
parts of the airbag system. Pay special attention to examining the seat belts.
t Replace all damaged parts if necessary (visual inspection) with new original parts.
Removing and installing driver airbag unit

Removing
394
Turn steering wheel until

one of the holes -arrows
A- is located at the
bottom.
Using a small
screwdriver, unhook the
spring -arrow B- from the

rear of the steering wheel
(through the hole).
Repeat process for the

second spring.
Pull out airbag unit and

carefully fold back.
395
Disconnect the plug

connector -arrow- from
the airbag unit.
Lay aside the airbag unit

in such a way that the
impact absorber points
upwards.
Install
Install airbag unit.
Switch on ignition.
Connect earth cable of

the battery.
WARNING
Nobody should be in the

vehicle when the battery is
being connected.
Note
If the battery earth strap is

disconnected and reconnected, carry out
additional operations
Electrical System Rep.
gr.27.
Removing and installing the steering wheel

Removing
Remove driver side airbag unit Chapter (only for vehicles with airbag).
Remove steering wheel centre (only on vehicles without airbag).
t The steering wheel centre is removed as well as the driver side airbag unit Chapter.
Put the wheels in straight-ahead position.

Disconnect the plug connection from the restoring ring.
396
Unscrew screw -1- and

mark the opposite
position of the steering

wheel -2- and the
steering column -3-.
Remove steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not turn the restoring

t ring (valid for steering
wheel with airbag).
Ensure when removing
the steering wheel that
the plug connection
below the steering wheel
does not get trapped. It
would ruin the restoring
t
ring and the deployment
of the slip ring. In case of
damage, the restoring
ring (with slip ring) must
be replaced with a new
original part.
Install
Put the wheels in

straight-ahead position.
Fit on steering wheel

according to markings
and tighten the screw -1to tightening torque 50

Nm.
t
The screw is covered with

locking agent.
It can be used a
maximum of 5x.
Each installation must be

marked with a punch
mark on the front side of
the screw.
Insert steering wheel

centre or install airbag
unit Chapter.
397
Removing and installing restoring ring with slip ring
Remove the steering wheel Chapter.

Note
t
t
Only valid for steering wheel with airbag.

The restoring ring with slip ring must be removed and installed when the steering wheel is
in centre position (wheel in straightahead position).
t Do not turn the restoring ring (risk of the restoring ring fracturing while driving).
t
Restoring ring with slip ring are secured by a clip in the centre position when supplied as a
replacement part. Remove this clip just before installing the parts.
If it is intended to re-install the restoring ring with slip ring, fix in rhe centre position with
adhesive tape.
Disconnect plug
connection -1-.
Unhook -arrows A- catch.
Remove restoring ring

-2-.
WARNING
Do not turn the restoring

ring!
398
Removing and installing passenger airbag unit

Removing:

Remove the glove compartment Chapter.
Release screws -1-.

Take out engine unit -2- with holders -3- downwards.
Disconnect the airbag unit plug connector.
Remove holder -3- from the airbag unit -2-.
Installing:
Install holder on the airbag unit.
Ma = 10 Nm
Install the airbag unit with the holder in the vehicle cnd connect the plug connection.
t
Ma = 10 Nm
Note
secure using a securing screw -Loctite 275-.
Install the glove compartment.
Switch on ignition.
Connect earth cable of the battery.
WARNING
t
t
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is being connected.

Opening the cover for the airbag unit in the dash panel is not permissible as longterm
damage of the dash panel can occur and the operation of the airbag unit can be affected.
Note
If the battery earth strap is disconnected and re-connected, carry out additional operations
Electrical System Rep. gr.27.
Removing and installing the side airbag crash sensor

Removing:

399
Remove front seat Chapter.

Remove the entrance plate Chapter.
Roll up carpet at the front of the B-cross member.
Disconnect plug
connection -1-.
Release screws -2- of the

crash sensor -3-.
Nm.
Install
the reverse order.
Switch on the ignition
t before connecting the
battery.
WARNING

being connected.
Note

gr.27.
Removing and installing front passenger airbag key switch

Removing
400
Turn the key switch with the ignition key

into the middle position and carefully pull
out the front passenger airbag key switch
-arrow-.
Disconnect the plug connection of the

front passenger airbag key switch.
Install
order.
t
Switch on the ignition before connecting

the battery.
WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the

battery is being connected.
Note
If the battery earth strap is disconnected

and re-connected, carry out additional
operations Electrical System Rep.
gr.27.
Removing and installing side airbag units
401
1-
Backrest rack
2-
7 Nm
Airbag unit
Take out of the backrest

rack -1-.
4-
El. wire of the airbag

unit
Take out of the clip -5-.

5
Take out of the backrest

rack -1-.
Clip for electrical wire of

airbag
Airbag unit
identification sticker
Remove backrest rack

-1-.
Removing:
Remove front seat from

vehicle Chapter.
Remove the backrest
rack from the seat rack
Chapter.
Remove backrest cover

Chapter.
Fold open foam

upholstery Chapter.
Install
Insert new airbag unit in

the backrest rack.
402
Place the earth strap -1 of the airbag unit -2beneath the screw below
-3-.
Tighten the screws -3- of

the airbag unit to 7 Nm.
Stick the self-adhesive

identification sticker
(smaller one) from the
airbag unit onto the side
of the backrest rack
-arrow-.
403
Secure electrical wiring

-1- of the airbag unit to
the rack -3- with the
cable strap -2-.
Note
To avoid damaging the

electrical wiring of the
airbag unit during
mounting it is drawn
together with adhesive
tape. This tape must only
be removed after the
backrest and seat rack
have been fitted
Chapter.
Pull onto backrest cover

Chapter.
Removing and installing airbag control unit -J 234-
404
1-
Control unit plug
Nut
8 Nm
3-
Control unit
removing:
Disconnect earth strap of

the battery.
Remove right footwell

covering on driver's side.
If necessary, cut the

carpet and insulation
matting around the
control unit.
Turn the locking element
of the control unit plug
-1- as far as possible until
it locks again.
Disconnect plug
connection -1-.
Unscrew the nuts -2(3x).
Remove control unit -3-.

Installing:

Note
When replacing the

t control unit repeat coding
Chapter.
If the battery earth strap
is disconnected and reconnected, carry out
t
Electrical System
Rep. gr.27.
405
Disposal of pyrotechnical parts before scrapping the vehicle
Before scrapping the vehicle parts, the airbag units and the belt tighteners must be disposed of safely
according to accident prevention regulations to protect against undesirable explosion (unintentional
ignition). It is essential to observe this condition since incorrect or unintentional ignition (e.g. scrapping
using a flame cutter) can lead to injury.
Dispose of the airbag units before scrapping the vehicle
t
t
t
Ignition system -V.A.G 1821Cable connector from the set -V.A.G 1594Cable - Part No. 357 971 419
The airbag units should be

ignited within the vehicle
with the doors closed.
Igniting the side airbag on
the driver's side
Removing the airbag unit

Chapter.
Disconnect the plug connection of the airbag unit -arrow-.
Connect cable to the airbag unit and install again the airbag unit. The cable lies between
the airbag unit and the steering wheel.
Connect the two-pin cable connector of the ignition system with the aid of the clutch cable
from the connection cable set.
Lay the ignition system through the gap in the door and connect to the external battery.
Ignite the airbag unit and dispose of it as scrap.
Igniting the side airbag on the front seat passenger's side
Fold open the cover for the passenger-side airbag unit.

Disconnect the plug connection.
406
Cut off the plug connection from the airbag unit and connect to the ignition system
-V.A.G 1821-.
Ignite the side airbag units
Disconnect the airbag plug connector below the front seat Chapter.
Connect the ignition system -V.A.G 1821- to the plug connector for the airbag unit, if
necessary cut off from the side airbag unit and connect to the ignition system.

WARNING
All people should be at least 10 metres away from the vehicle when the voltage is applied
and the airbags are triggered.
Dispose of belt tensioner
Belt tensioners not be disposed of in the usual way for other scrap but must be sent to a specialist company
or to the importer for disposal in compliance with instructions from PST and environmental protection
regulations. This also applies to ignited belt tensioners (one cannot determine with absolute certainty
whether all of the 3 pyrotechnic charges on the belt tensioners have been ignited).
407
Trim, noise insulation

Dash panel
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.96
Removing
Release screws -2- and

-3-.
-4- and -5- from the
steering column.
Chapter (for vehicles
with airbag).
Remove steering-column
control Electrical
System Rep. gr.94.
Removing the centre
console Chapter.
Note
The steering column can

remain installed.
408
Release cap -2-.

Unscrew the relevant
screws (1.4 Nm).
Note
One torx screw each is

located at the top and
bottom in the air vents
which can only be reached
with a small torx
screwdriver.
Remove cover for dash

panel insert -1-.
Release screws -1- (1,4

Nm).
Remove dash panel

insert -2- on both sides of
the holders -arrow-.
Disconnect the plug

connections.
Remove covers -1- and

-2-.
Nm).
Release screws -3- for

409
fuse holder (1.4 Nm).
Remove bottom part of

dash panel -5-.

Nm).
(with key switch for the
front passenger airbags)
Note
Pay attention to safety

precautions regarding
repairs to airbag system
Chapter.
Disconnect the plug
connection of the front
passenger airbag key
switch.
For all vehicles
Disconnect plug
connection for the glove
compartment lighting.
Remove glove
compartment -2-.
Remove cover -1-.

Nm).
Remove centre dash

panel -2-.
Disconnect the plug

connections.
Note
The radio or other

additional units can be
installed when removing.
410
Release screws (2 Nm).
Remove dash panel -1from the central pipe and

take out of the vehicle.
Install


before connecting the
battery.
WARNING

being connected.
Note

gr.27.
Removing and installing the dash panel 08.98

Removing
Removing the centre console Chapter.
Remove lower trim panel from the dash panel Chapter.
Position the steering wheel -1- in centre position (wheels in straightahead position).
411

-3-.
-4- and -5- from the
steering column.
Chapter (only for
vehicles with airbag).
control Electrical
System Rep. gr.94.
Note
The steering column can

remain installed.
Release caps -2-.

Nm).
Pull out dash panel insert

frame -3-.
412

Nm).
Remove dash panel
insert -2- on both sides of
the holders -arrow-.
Disconnect the plug

connections.
Remove covers -1- and

-2-.

Nm).
Remove light switch

Electrical System
Rep. gr.96.
Release screws -3- for

fuse holder (1.4 Nm).
Remove bottom part of

dash panel -4-.
413

Nm).
Note
Pay attention to safety

precautions regarding
repairs to airbag system
Chapter.
Disconnect the plug
connection of the front
passenger airbag key
switch.
For all vehicles
Disconnect plug
connection for the glove
compartment lighting.
Remove glove
compartment -2-.
Remove cover -1-.
Release screws (1.4

Nm).
Remove centre dash

panel -2-.
Disconnect the plug

connections.
Note
The radio or other

t additional units can be
installed when removing.
The dash panel middle
part is installed with pret
tension. More force must
be applied for releasing.
414
Carefully lever off cover

-2- with wedge -3409-.
Remove solar sensor -3-.

Separate the plug
connection -4- from the
solar sensor -3- by

levering it off (e.g. with
upholstery needle).
Unscrew the
corresponding screws
(1.4 Nm) with screws -5below the front
passenger side airbag
unit.
Remove dash panel from

the central pipe -1- and
take out of the vehicle.
Install

Note
When placing the dash

panel onto the central
pipe, pay attention to the
correct position of the air
distribution channel in the
air vents.

before connecting the
battery.
WARNING

being connected.
Note
415

gr.27.
Removing and installing the central tube/dash panel

Note
The work sequence may differ slightly on individual models depending on the equipment
version.
Removing
Remove the dash panel Chapter, if necessary Chapter.
Remove screws -2- (25

Nm) and support -1-.
416
Detach bellows -2-,

slacken air guide -1- and
remove.

with slip ring Chapter.
control Electrical
System Rep. gr.94.

slacken cable harness
with clamps from the
steering column -2-.
417
Unscrew the
corresponding screws
and remove the
convenience system
control unit -2- from the
central pipe -1-.
Unscrew screws -1- (25

Nm) and fold the steering
column -2- downwards.
418
Remove screw -2- (7.5

Nm) from the steering
column on the central
pipe -1-.
Release all necessary
earth connections and all
wiring loom retaining
clips.
Remove fuse box

Electrical System
Rep. gr.97
Disperse the air bubbles

on the windscreen -2- out
of the central pipe -1-.
419
Slacken screw -2- on the

central pipe -1-.
Slacken screws -2- (10

Nm) on the holder -1-.
420
Slacken screws -2- (25

Nm) on the central pipe
-1-.
Remove the plenum
chamber cover
Chapter.
Remove windscreen
wiper/washer system
Electrical System
Rep. gr.92.
Unscrew screw -1- (25 Nm) in the plenum

chamber.
Remove the central pipe from the

vehicle.
Install
order.
Removing and installing the convenience system control unit

The convenience system
control unit is located
behind the lower part of
the dash panel on the
driver's side.
Disconnect controller.
421
Remove the fixing screw

-1- of the control unit -3-.
Remove the convenience

system control unit
together with the control

unit holder -3- from the
dash panel.
Remove fixing screws for
control unit -2- (2.5 Nm)
and take out control unit
-4- from the holder -3-.
Install
the reverse order.
422
Door trim panels

Summary of components of front door trim panel (with mechanical window lifter)
12
1 Nm
Inner door handle
Interrupt the operation before removing

the trim panel.
3-
1 Nm
4-
Plastic nut
5-
Exterior mirror cover
6-
Damping foil

7-
Rosette
8-
Lateral retaining clip
Removing:
9-
Pull out catch -arrow-.

Bottom retaining clip
Removing:
10 -
4 Nm
11 -
Door handle
12 -
Window crank

13 -
Door trim panel

14
Trim
Clipped in.
Removing and installing the front door trim panel

Removing:
423
Remove exterior mirror

cover -arrow A-.
Lever off door handle

with screwdriver
-arrow B-.
Remove window crank

Chapter.
Remove bolts -1- and

-10-.
Pull the door trim panel

towards the top out of
the inside window shaft
seal -arrow C-.
Unhook the control cable
of the door handle and
separate the plug
connections.
Installing:
the reverse order.
Summary of components of front door trim panel (with power window lifter)
Note
The door trim panel on the front passenger side is similar to the door trim panel with
mechanical window lifter, only with other control elements.
12-
Door
Exterior mirror cover
3-
Rosette
4
5-
Cover
Only driver's side.
Recessed handle with convenience system operating panel
424
Only driver's side.
Removing Chapter.
Door trim panel

7-
0.7 Nm
8-
Mirror adjustment switch
9-
Cover
10 -
0.7 Nm
11 -
Trim strip
12 -
4 Nm
13 -
Removing:
14 -
Removing:
15
Damping foil
Removing and installing the driver door trim panel

Removing
Insert a small screwdriver in the lower

gap between the cover -1- and the
recessed handle -2- and carefully press

off the cover in direction of the door trim
panel.
Press the recessed handle -2- out of the

door trim panel towards the top.
Pull in the lock -1- in direction of arrow

425
and disconnect the plug connection -2-.
Release screws (4 Nm).

Remove mirror adjustment switch with
cover Chapter Pos. -8 and 9- and
disconnect the plug connection.
Release screw Chapter Pos. -7-.
Remove exterior mirror cover Chapter
Pos. -2- and if necessary disconnect plug
connection for speakers.
Release screws Chapter Pos. -10-.
Pull out the door trim

panel -3- towards the top
out of the inside window

shaft seal -4- and remove
-arrow A-.
1 - Outside window shaft
seal
2 - Door window
of the door handle and
separate the plug
connections.
Install
the reverse order.
Note
When installing, pay

attention to the correct
position of the door trim
panel in the inside window
shaft seal -arrow B-.
Summary of components of rear door trim panel
426
1-
Trim
Clipped in.
2-
Screw
3-
Guide for tension rod
Door trim panel

Chapter.
5-
Plastic nut
6-
Damping foil

Chapter.
7-
Removing:
8-
Removing:
9-
1 Nm
10 -
4 Nm
11 -
Pull-up handle
12 -
Window crank
Removing Chapter.
Removing and installing the rear door trim panel

Removing
Lever off the pull-up handle as done on the front door using a screwdriver Chapter.
Remove window crank (if present) Chapter.
Slacken all the screw connections Chapter.
Disconnect the plug connections.
427
Pull out the door trim

panel -3- towards the top
out of the inside window
shaft seal -4-.

of the door handle.
1-
Outside window shaft

seal
2 - The door window pane

Install
the reverse order.
Removing and installing the damping foil of the door

The damping foil protects the vehicle interior against noise, water leaking in and draught.
The damping foil -1- must always be carefully glued and crease-free. When replacing, clean
the glue benches and glue the new foil crease-free from bottom to top.
If bonding is not adequate, use double-sided adhesive tape e.g. -AKL 434 019 25-.
The bonding surface is shown as latched in the fig.
Removing
428
Remove door trim panel

Chapter or Chapter.
Remove all retaining clips

Chapter or Chapter.
Remove window crank
429
Slacken spacer ring -3- in direction of -A-.

Remove window crank -1- from window lifter
shaft -2-, arrow -B-.
Install window crank
The window crank must be parallel to the pull-up handle of the door trim panel when the window is
closed.
430
Pillar and side trim panels

Summary of components of trim panel for pillar A
1 - Trim panel of pillar A

Removing:
Slacken trim panel and
unhook retaining lug -4-.

Installing:
Check position and condition
of the clips -2- and if
necessary replace clips.
First hook in the retaining
lug -4-.
Press in the trim panel of
pillar A.
2Clip
Pressed in pillar A
3Gasket
Set the correct fitting
location after fitting the trim
panel
4Retaining lug
Summary of components of trim panel for bottom pillar A

Note
431
Before removing the

bottom trim panel of pil lar
A on the left side, the
Bowden cable for the
tailgate lock must be
removed Chapter.
1
Clipped in.
23
2.5 Nm
Bottom trim panel of
pillar A
The right side is

illustrated
Cap
Clip
Pressed in pillar A
432
Removing and installing trim panels of pillar B
Pressed in the pillar B.

433
7-
Gasket
After installing the trim

panel, check for correct
fitting position of the seal
and if necessary adjust.
8-
Retaining lugs
9-
2.5 Nm
434
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C
1-
Cover
Removing:
Removing supports of the

luggage compartment
cover Chapter.
Detach the cover strip of
the roof trim panel
Chapter.
Removing bottom trim
panel of pillar C
Chapter.
Unclip the trim panel
from the pillar C
Installing:
Check position and
condition of the clips -2
and correct when
needed, replace clips if
necessary.
2
Clip
Inserted in the trim panel

support of pillar C.
3-
Gasket

435
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C
1-
Cover
Removing:
Unlock backrests and

fold forward.
Removing support of the
luggage compartment
cover Chapter.
Unscrew plastic nuts -2-.

2-
Plastic nut
Removing:
Unlock backrests and

fold forward.
Unscrew the plastic nut

from the threaded bore.
Installing:
Press the plastic nut onto

the threaded bore.
3-
Gasket

436
Removing and installing top trim panel of pillar C (Octavia Combi)
1-
35 Nm
2-
Cap
3-
Deflection fitting
4-
2.5 Nm
5-
Cover
Removing:

luggage compartment
cover Chapter.
Remove cap -2-, unscrew
screw -1- and take off
deflection fitting -3-.
Remove screw -4-.

the reverse order.
6-
Gasket

437
Removing and installing bottom trim panel of pillar C
(Octavia Combi)
1Plastic nut
2Cover
Removing:
Unlock backrests and fold
forward.
Remove trim panel in
direction of arrow.
reverse order.
3Gasket
438
Removing and installing trim panel of pillar D (Octavia Combi)
Retaining clip
Inserted in the trim panel

of pillar D.
2-
Gasket

3-
Cover
Removing:

luggage compartment
cover Chapter.
Lever off trim panel from
pillar D.
Installing:
Check position and
condition of the retaining
clips -1- and correct when

needed, replace clips if
necessary.

the reverse order.
439
Luggage compartment trim panels

Removing and installing the trim panel for the luggage compartment floor
1-
Plastic nut
Luggage
2 - compartment/floor
covering
Removing:
Remove pushbuttons -1- and
floor covering -2-.

reverse order.
440
Removing and installing side luggage compartment trim panel
12-
Plastic nut
Luggage compartment
trim panel
Removing:
Unlock backrest and fold

forward.
panel of pillar C
Chapter.
Remove luggage
compartment trim panel.

the reverse order.
441
Removing and installing the tailgate/luggage compartment covers
12.5 Nm
2Right cover
Left cover is a mirror image
Removing:
Remove screws -1-.

Pull off cover for clips -3-.
Installing:
3Clip
42.5 Nm
5Tailgate cover
Removing:
Unscrew screws -4- and -6-.
Remove cover towards the top from the clip
-7-.
Installing:
6Screw
7Clip
442
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 07.00
1Plastic clip
2Plastic nut
Pressed in the tailgate.
3Pull loop
Must be pulled through the
opening -6- when installing
the trim panel.
42.5 Nm
5Cover
Removing:
Remove the trim panel from
the tailgate.
Installing:
Insert trim panel and fasten
with retaining clips -7- on
the plastic clips -1-.
6 - Opening for pull loop
7Clamp
Component part of the trim
panel.
443
Removing and installing the tailgate trim panel for vehicles 08.00
1Plastic clip
2Plastic nut
Pressed in the tailgate.
3Pull loop
the trim panel.
42.5 Nm
5Cover
Removing:
Remove the trim panel from
the tailgate.
Installing:
Insert trim panel with metal
retaining clips -7- and then
fasten on the plastic clips -1-.
7Clamp
Insert in the door panel
cuttings.
444
Removing and installing support for luggage compartment cover
Support for the right

1 - luggage compartment
cover
Removing:
Removing luggage
compartment cover.
Removing rear belt guide

Chapter.
Unscrew nut -2-.
Remove support.
2-
Nut, 2,5 Nm
445
Increased luggage compartment floor (Octavia Combi) - Summary of components
12-
Plastic nut
Retaining clip
Increased luggage
3compartment floor
Removing:
Turn securing bolt -4- about
90 to the left and remove.

Fold together luggage
compartment floor and
remove.
reverse order.
4Securing bolt
5Support
Removing:
Remove increased luggage
compartment floor -3-.

Turn insertion eye -6- about
90 to the right and remove.

reverse order.
6Insertion eye
Luggage
7 - compartment/floor
covering
Removing:
Remove the retaining clip
-2-.
reverse order.
446
Luggage compartment-side trim panel (Octavia Combi) - Summary of components
1-
Cover
Removing:
Remove backrests
Chapter.
Remove the retaining

clip -4-.

luggage compartment
cover Chapter.
Release screws -2-.

Remove retaining clips
-5-.
Pull off trim panel, move
in direction of travel and
remove.

the reverse order.
2-
1 Nm
3-
Plastic nut
4-
Retaining clip
5-
Clamp
447
Summary of components of tailgate/luggage compartment covers (Octavia Combi)
1Right cover
Left cover is a mirror image
Removing:
Remove tailgate cover -4-.
Disconnect plug connection
for power socket and

luggage compartment light.
Pull off cover for clips -2-.
reverse order.
2Clips
32.5 Nm
4Tailgate cover
Removing:
Release screws -3-.
Remove cover towards the
top from the clips -5-.

reverse order.
5Clips
448
Summary of components of tailgate trim panel (Octavia Combi)
1Plastic nut
2Pull loop
the trim panel -6-.
32.5 Nm
4Side trim panel
Removing: Remove trim
panel from the clips -8-.

the reverse order.

5 - Centre trim panel
Removing: Remove the trim
panel from the tailgate.

the reverse order.

6 - Tailgate trim panel
Removing: Remove the trim
panel from the tailgate.

the reverse order.

8Clips
449
Summary of components of support for the luggage compartment cover (Octavia Combi)
1-
2.5 Nm
2-
Plastic nut
3-
Support for the luggage

compartment cover
Removing:
Removing luggage
compartment cover.
panel of pillar C
Chapter.
-4-.
Loosen plastic nuts -2-.

Note
The supports for the

luggage compartment
cover are fixed with two
plastic nuts each.
Disconnect plug
connection for speaker.
Unclip seat belt.

Take out support for
luggage compartment
cover -3-.

the reverse order.
4-
2.5 Nm
450
Removing and installing foldable securing eyes in the luggage compartment (Octavia Combi
4x4 and RS)
Note
On vehicles Octavia Combi RS, only the front securing eyes are foldable but not the rear.
Removing
Remove screws -3- (5,5

Nm).
Remove the lug -2- from the
side trim panel -1-.

Install
reverse order.
451
Moulded headliner
Removing and installing moulded headliner
Removing
Carefully lever out the

interior light with a
screwdriver and
disconnect the plug
connection.
Remove the cover for the

sliding roof motor
Chapter.

pillar B top Chapter.

pillar A Chapter.

Remove the door seals in

the upper area and the
rear flap seals.
Pull off the trim of the

sliding roof opening (only
for vehicles with a sliding
roof).
Removing sun visors

Chapter.
Removing recessed
handles Chapter.
Remove rear reading

lights Chapter.
452
Loosen the cover strip -3 (clipped) downwards and

pull away from the roof
frame.
Remove plug -4- with
removal tool -MP 8602/1-.
With the assistance of a
second mechanic (risk of
fracture) lower the

moulded headliner -2and remove from vehicle.
Install
Note
Before fitting the cover

strip -3- pay attention to
t
the correct fitting
position of the clips -6-.
The spacer -1- is glued to
t the front side of the
moulded headliner.
Align the front moulded
headliner -2- to the sun
visor retainers and to the

opening of the plugs at
the rear -4-.
453
Press in the plugs -4-.
Fasten sun visors.
Clip the cover strip -3- in

the roof frame.
Ensure the correct fitting

of the seal -5-.
Install the trim of the

sliding roof opening on
vehicles with a sliding
roof.
Install component parts.
454
Removing and installing moulded headliner (Octavia Combi)

Removing
Carefully lever out the

interior light with a
screwdriver and
disconnect the plug
connection.

sliding roof motor
Chapter.

pillar B top Chapter.

pillar A Chapter.


pillar D Chapter.
Remove the door seals in

the upper area with the
moulded headliner and in
the rear flap seals.
Pull off the trim of the
sliding roof opening (only
for vehicles with a sliding
roof).
Removing sun visors

Chapter.
Removing recessed
handles Chapter.
Remove rear reading

lights Chapter.
455
Loosen the cover strip -3 (clipped) downwards and

pull away from the roof
frame.
Remove plug -4- with
removal tool -MP 8602/1-.
With the assistance of a
second mechanic (risk of
fracture) lower the

moulded headliner -2and remove from vehicle.
Install
Note
Before fitting the cover

strip -3- pay attention to
t
the correct fitting
position of the clips -5-.
The spacer -1- is glued to
t the rear side of the
moulded headliner.
Align the front moulded
headliner -2- to the sun
visor retainers and to the

opening of the plugs at
the rear -4-.
Press in the plugs -4-.
Fasten sun visors.
Clip the cover strip -3- in

the roof frame.
Ensure the correct fitting

of the seal -6-.
Install the trim of the

sliding roof opening on
vehicles with a sliding
roof.
Install component parts.
456
Roof noise insulation panels

Summary of components of the roof noise insulation panels
12-
Roof
Noise insulation panel
Removing:
457
Remove the moulded headliner Chapter if necessary Chapter.
Unglue noise insulation panels -2- from the roof of the vehicle -1-.
Installing:
q Glue noise insulation panels -2- onto the roof of the vehicle -1- with sitcker (version C, D), if
necessary with adhesive -DH 009 100 03- (version A, B).
q
Install the moulded headliner Chapter if necessary Chapter.

Note
A is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA without tilting roof.
B is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA with tilting roof.
C is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA COMBI without tilting roof.
D is valid for vehicles OCTAVIA COMBI with tilting roof.
458
Seat frames
Mechanically activated front seats
Removing seat
Valid for vehicles with side airbags
WARNING
Safety precautions are to be applied when handling seats with side airbag unit Chapter.
Unclamp the negative terminal of the battery.
Remove the plug for the

seat heating -arrows A(on vehicles with el.
heated seats) and side
airbags -arrow Bunderneath the seat (if
necessary disconnect
plug connection for the
seat belt buckle
signalling).
Valid for all vehicles
Slide seat forwards.
Remove caps -1-.
Unscrew screws -2- (3 Nm) and remove

cover strips -3- to the top.
Slide seat backwards.
459
Unscrew bolts or nuts

-1-.
Unlock latching rod and
slide seat backwards out
of the runners.
Installing seat
Tighten screws or nuts -1- to 23 Nm.

Valid for vehicles with side airbags
Switch on the ignition before connecting the battery.

WARNING
Nobody should be in the vehicle when the battery is being connected.
Removing seat height adjustment handle
460
Remove caps -1-.

Release screws -2-.
Remove seat height
adjustment handle -3-.
Installing seat height adjustment handle
The installation of the seat height adjustment handle occurs in reverse order. Tightening torque of screws -2is 6 Nm.
Remove the backrest rack from the seat rack
Remove front seat Chapter.

Remove seat height adjustment handle Chapter.
461
Remove the adjusting

knob -2-.
Release screw -1- (1,4

Nm).
Unhook the catch pegs of

the covers -3- and -4- out
of the seat rack and
remove covers.
Vehicles with heatable
backrest and airbag unit
Remove plug for side

airbag unit -1- and el.
seat heating -2- (if
necessary plug for seat
belt buckle signalling) -3(underneath the seat).
Loosen the terminals of

the electric cable -arrow
1- underneath the seat.
the seat rack -arrow B-.
Unclip the plug of the

electric cable for the
462
backrest heating
-arrow C-.

the electric cable for the
seat heating and airbag

unit -arrows Bunderneath the seat.

backrest heating and

airbag unit -arrows A- on
the side of the seat.
Loosen the terminal of
backrest heating and

airbag unit -arrow B- on
the side of the seat.
Note
The marking on the cable

-arrow C- of the electric
cable for the side airbag
unit must align with the
retaining clip -arrow B- on
the side of the seat when
installing.
For all vehicles
463
Screw out the screw -1on both sides of the seat.
Remove backrest rack

from seat rack.
Assembling seat rack and backrest rack

Note
The fitting position of all the retaining clips and plugs must be kept when installing.
Tighten screws -1- to 24 Nm.

WARNING
Safety precautions are to be applied when handling seats with side airbag unit Chapter.
Removing and installing seat height adjusting elements

Remove seat from vehicle
Removing:
Remove seat height adjustment handle Chapter.
Remove the side plastic covers from the seat.
464
Carefully unhook the tensioning springs

-2-.
Release screws -arrows- and pull seat

height adjusting elements -1- out of the
seat rack.
Installing:
order.
Note
Tighten screws -arrows- to 10 Nm.

Seat installed in the vehicle
Removing:
Put seat in top position.
Remove seat height adjustment handle

Chapter.
Remove the side plastic covers from the

seat Chapter.
465
Release screws -arrows

A- and pull out seat
height adjusting
elements -1-.
Installing:
Press down the seat

-arrow B-.
Position seat height

adjusting elements.
Tighten seat height

adjusting elements -1with screws -arrows A(Ma = 10 Nm).
Position side plastic

covers on the seat
Chapter.
466
The electrically operated seat with memory

Removing and installing electrically operated seats
Remove electrically operated seat
WARNING
When handling an electrically operated seat fitted with a side airbag unit, observe the safety
instructions Chapter.
Slide seat forwards.

Lever off caps -1-, release screws -2- (3
Nm) and take off runner cover strips -3in -direction of arrow-.
Slide seat backwards.
Remove fixing screws -4-.
Slide seat forwards up to the stop.
Note
Disconnect the battery before carrying out

any work on the airbag system. After
disconnecting the battery it is essential to
wait one minute.
On models fitted with a coded radio set,

determine and enter the coding.
Push the seat out of the runners and lift

forwards lightly.
Disconnect the plug connections from the

plug holder -5- on the underside of the
seat.
Remove seat from vehicle.
Install electrically operated seat

Installation is performed in the reverse
order, pay attention to the following points:
Tighten the fixing screws of the seat to

23 Nm.
Switch on the ignition before connecting

the battery.
467
Removing and installing the covers for electrically operated seats

Removing
Remove electrically operated seat Chapter
Remove the cover -1- and screw out the

screw -2-.
Unclip right trim -3- and take off.
Release screws -4- and -5-.
Disconnect plug connection -6-.
Unclip left trim -7- and take off.
Install
order.
Removing and installing control unit on electrically operated seats

Removing
468
Disconnect the plug connections

-arrows-.
Release screws -1- and -2- (2,5 Nm).
Remove the control unit -3- from the

holder.
Install
order.
Removing and installing the operating unit for electrically operated seats
Removing

Disconnect the plug connection for the operating unit.
469
Release the screws -arrows- (1.5 Nm) and

remove the switch unit from the seat
upholstery.
Install
order.
Removing and installing the seat length adjustment unit for electrically operated seats
Removing
470

Screw out the screws -2- on both sides of
the worm-type control.
Pull out the positioning motor of the

electrically operated seat in -direction of
arrow-.
Install
order.
Removing and installing the front seat height adjustment on electrically operated seats
Removing
471

Release screws -3-.
Take out front seat height adjustment
-2-.
Install
order.
Removing and installing the rear seat height adjustment on electrically operated seats
Removing
Note
As far as possible remove the seat length adjustment unit for electrically operated seats at
the stop above.

Remove the trims of the electrically operated seats Chapter.
472

Disconnect electrical wiring from the
drive motor.
Release screws -3-.
Take out rear seat height adjustment
-2-.
Install
order.
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for electrically operated seats
Removing

Remove right and left cover for electrically operated seat Chapter.
Loosen the cover in the lower area of the backrest and roll upwards Chapter.
473
Lever off the circlip -5- with a screwdriver

from the shaft -4-.
Slide the shaft -4- approx. 150 mm into

the backrest frame.
Release screw -3-.
Remove drive of backrest inclination -2-.

Install
order.
Removing and installing the drive of the backrest inclination for electrically operated seats
Removing

Remove right and left cover for electrically operated seat Chapter.
Loosen the cover in the lower area of the backrest and roll upwards Chapter.
474
Lever off the circlip -5- with a screwdriver

from the shaft -4-.
Slide the shaft -4- approx. 150 mm into

the backrest frame.
Release screw -3-.
Remove drive of backrest inclination -2-.

Install
order.
475
Rear seats
Removing and installing seat bench and backrest (separated)
Remove the seat bench
Pull seat bench forwards on

the catches -arrows- and fold
open.
Push out hooks -1- from the

seat bench out of the lugs -2and remove seat bench from
the vehicle.
Unlock both backrest parts
and fold over.

Install
reverse order.
Removing backrest
Fold back the rear seat
bench.
Unlock backrest upwards
and fold back.
476
Press in the catch hook -1with a screwdriver on the left

outer side of the backrest
(valid for vehicles with non
separated backrest) or on
both outer sides of the
backrest (valid for vehicles
with separated backrest) to
the rear.
Pull backrest -2- upwards
out of the positions -3-.

Take out backrest -2- from
the middle position -5- or
also from the right side

bearing (vehicles with nonseparated backrest).
Note
It is possible to adapt the
position of the lugs -4- for the
correct locking of the backrest
using a rubber hammer.
Install
reverse order.
Removing and installing the seat bench with the child seat
Removing
477
Pull seat bench forwards on the catches

-arrows- and fold open.
Push out bolts -1- from the lugs -2- and remove
the seat bench from the vehicle.
Install
Removing and installing the support RS (only Octavia Sedan)

Removing
Removing bottom trim panel of pillar C Chapter
478
Release screws -arrows-.

Remove support -1-.
Install
order.
Tighten screws -arrows- to 24 Nm.
479
Seat padding, covers

Covers and front seat upholstery

t Upholstery retaining clip pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1634t
Upholstery reamer, e.g. -V.A.G 1636Removing and installing front seat covers and upholstery
1-
Cover
removing:
Removing backrest
Chapter.
Detach clamping section

-4- from seat rack -7-.
Cut through clips -3-.

the reverse order.
2
Plastic cord
sewn to cover
with holes for inserting

retaining clips -3-
3-
Upholstery retaining
clips
4-
Clamping section
5-
Upholstery
removing:
Remove backrest.
Detach clamping section
-4- from seat rack -7-.
Remove cover -1-.

the reverse order.
6-
Upholstery wire
fastened in the
480
upholstery
7-
Seat rack
Removing and installing front backrest cover and upholstery

Vehicle with side airbag and el. seat heating
Note
Only use the recommended cover with a sewn on identification label for installation
purposes Fig.
When installing observe the position of the cover - the identification label must be on the
side of the airbag unit.
t
t
t
Before installing, turn the cover inside out.

Observe the safety instructions for working with airbags Chapter.
Two mechanics are required to fit the cover.
481
1q
l
Cover
removing:
Seat removed from vehicle and backrest rack removed from seat rack
Detach rosette -9- and grommet -8-.
Fully unhook clamping section -17- at the bottom cover side.
482
Roll up the cover approx. 1/4 towards the top.
Remove covers in the lower area of the frame out of the openings for the longitudinal wires
-18-.
Unhook the longitudinal wires -18- out of the openings in the lower area of the backrest
using the pliers.

Unhook the -V.A.G 1636- transverse wire of the cover -19- out of the longitudinal wires -5- of
the backrest frame -11- using an upholstery reamer.
Roll up the cover towards the top and remove.
Remove foam upholstery -16-.
Installing:
Insert foam upholstery -16- into the backrest frame -11-.
Insert the longitudinal wires -18- and the transverse wire -19- in the cover.
Connect wire eyelets Fig..
Place cover onto the top backrest frame with foam upholstery.
Hook the transverse wire of the cover -19- into the longitudinal wires -5- of the backrest
frame -11- using an upholstery reamer -V.A.G 1636- Fig..
Pull off the cover by 3/4.

Clip the cover with the aid -V.A.G 1634- with clips -13- to the transverse wire -12- of the
foam upholstery -16- in the middle and on the sides.
Pull off the cover and align.

Cut openings into the foam upholstery -16- in the opening points of the lower backrest
area.
Insert longitudinal wires -18- in the openings of the lower backrest area with pliers Fig..
Position the covers in the lower area of the frame into the openings for the longitudinal
wires -18-.
2-
Connect both clamping sections of the cover -17-.

Place grommet -8- and rosette -9-.
Headrest guides
q when removing press safety catch -arrow A- e.g. with a specially adapted screwdriver and
remove the guides.
q
3q
4-
when installing press the guides into the backrest frame

Button rivet
for installing the protective cover -4Protective cover
483
removing and installing into the backrest frame -11-
56q
Longitudinal wire of the backrest rack

Airbag unit
7q
Terminal el. wire airbag

89q
Grommet
Rosette for the lumbar region backrest
remove from the shaft of the backrest control
10 q
El. wire of the airbag unit

do not damage when installing
11 12 -
Backrest rack
Foam upholstery transverse wire
13 q
when removing cut through with pliers
to install use upholstery pliers, e.g. -V.A.G 1634-
14 q
Clamps
Heating element for backrest

removing:
Heat up the adhesive point of the foam upholstery with hot-air blower or blow dryer and
remove from the foam upholstery.
Installing:
Remove the protective foil from the self-adhesive surface of the heating element.
Glue the heating element with the top side onto the upper edge of the foam upholstery
-16-.
15 16 q
El. wire of the heating element

Foam padding
remove from backrest rack
17 -
Clamping section of cover
18 -
Longitudinal wire of cover

484
19 q
q
Transverse wire of the cover

opened wire eyelet -arrow B- points to the airbag unit
Identification label for side

airbag.
Connection of the cover

wires.
485
Connections of the cover

wires with the wires of the
backrest frame.
Connection of the cover

wires with the bottom part
of the backrest frame.
for removing, roll up the

cover, press in the catch
486
pegs -arrows- and

remove the guides out of
the backrest frame.
4-
Headrest
5-
Upholstery
6-
Backrest rack
7-
Upholstery wire
fastened in the
upholstery
8-
Clamping section
is located on the front

and rear side of the
cover
9
Plastic cord
sewn to cover
with holes for inserting

retaining clips -1-
487
Rear seat covers and upholstery

Removing and installing seat bench covers and upholstery (separated)
1Cover
With sewn in clamping
section.
Removing:
Unhook clamping section -3
at the wire frame.
Cut through upholstery
retaining clips -5-.

2Plastic cord
Sewn to cover
With holes for inserting
retaining clips -5-.

3 - Clamping section
4 - Upholstery wire
Sewn into upholstery.
5 - Upholstery retaining clips
6Hook
For seat bench attachment.
7Wire frame
8 - Intermediate bearing
Not for basic equipment.
9Pull loop
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (separated)
1Rear panel
2Guide
For removing, loosen the cover from the rear panel, grip under the upholstery and the support/headrests,
press the catch pegs -arrows- of the guide with a thin screwdriver and remove the guide.
3Headrest
4Tension rod
5Guide
6Catch hooks
7Upholstery wire

8Plastic cord
488

Sewn to cover
With holes for inserting retaining clips -12-.

9Upholstery
10 Clamping section
11 Cover
The cover is fastened to the rear panel with the aid of the clamping section -10-.
12 Upholstery retaining clips
489
490
Assembly overview of covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with armrest, separated)
12-
Rear panel
Guide
q For removing, loosen the cover from the rear panel, grip under the upholstery and the
support/headrests, press the catch pegs -arrows- of the guide with a thin screwdriver and
491
remove the guide.

3-
Headrest
4-
Guide for tension rod
5-
Cover
6-
Tension rod
7-
Catch hooks
8-
Rear panel
9-
Wire
10 -
Plastic cord
Sewn to cover
With holes for inserting the retaining clips Item-.
11 -
Upholstery
12 -
Upholstery retaining clips
13 -
Clamping section
14 q
Cover
The cover is fastened to the rear panel with the aid of the clamping section.
15 -
Support
16 -
Armrest
Removing Chapter.
17 -
Screw
18 -
Cover for armrest
Removing and installing covers and upholstery for rear backrests (with armrest, separated)
Removing:
Remove right backrest part out of the vehicle Chapter.

Tilt over the armrest.
492

armrest -1- and align the
safety hook -2- with a

screwdriver with a nut or
with small pliers.
Take the armrest out of

the hangers.
A great force must be

t applied when removing
the backrest.
Take out the backrest

cover -arrow- with pulling
force in direction of the
backrest.
493
Lever off pins -1- with a

screwdriver.
Remove the safety

tension rod -1- out of the
hooks -3- with small
pliers or a screwdriver.
Remove safety tension

rod -1- to the top.
Remove securing guide

-2-.
Remove headrest guide

Item.
The cover is fastened to

the rear panel with the
t
aid of the clamping
section.
494
Remove screws -3- and

hold-down device -1from the rear backrest
-2-.
Installing:
the reverse order.
495

Skoda Octavia Mk1 03 Body

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Skoda Octavia Mk1 03 Body

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

SKODA OCTAVIA

DEACTIVATING AND ACTIVATING AIRBAG UNITS (ADAPTATION)............................................................................39

Interrogating control unit version.................................................................................................. 155

Summary of components of outer door handle.............................................................................260

Summary of components of rear bumper (Octavia Combi)...........................................................312

Removing and installing complete rear spoiler..............................................................................360

Replacement of airbag units following an accident.......................................................................402

SEAT FRAMES............................................................................................................... 470

Vehicle identification data

The vehicle identification

The vehicle identification number can also

Self diagnosis, V.A.G Inspection Service

Description of the system

type or No fault recognized appears in the display.

Eliminate possible faults and erase fault memory.

Test preconditions for self-diagnosis

All fuses o.k.

Notes on performing airbag system diagnosis

Connect vehicle system

If there is no readout on the display: Operating instructions of

The automatic test sequence may be entered with address word

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Enter address word 15 Airbag.

Enter address word XX

Vehicle system test

One of the following four displays will appear in the event of a

Press the HELP button to display the possible

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

The ignition must be on!

Check diagnostic cables as well as voltage supply.

word 15 for Airbag and confirm entry with key Q.

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

1J0 909 603 A

Vehicle system test

Overview of selectable functions

02 - Interrogating fault memory

05 - Erasing fault memory

07 - Code control unit

08 - Read measured value block

01 - Interrogating control unit version

Select function 01.

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

Confirm the entry with the key Q.

Version number -V02t

Vehicle system test

02 - Interrogating fault memory

Select function 02.

Vehicle system test

Vehicle system test

The number of faults stored appears on the display.

The following appears in the display:

fault table Chapter.

Ignition device for airbag (driver's side)

If No fault detected the program returns to its initial

End output (function 06) Chapter.

Vehicle system test

t 3. Interrogate fault memory (Function 02) again.

Interrogate fault memory and erase.

Enter function 03.

Vehicle system test